The original of this mirror site is HERE. My Blogroll; Archives here or here; My Home Page. Email me (John Ray) here.
NOTE: The short comments that I have in the side column of the primary
site for this blog are now given at the foot of this site.
****************************************************************************************
31 December, 2012
A HAPPY, HEALTHY AND PROSPEROUS NEW YEAR TO ALL THOSE WHO COME BY HERE
Though some gloomy thoughts are realistic too as we look ahead
*************************
The economic future
*************************
I am afraid she might be right
******************************
But this might give us hope
An American teen (in the yellow hazard suit) who built a working fusor
(nuclear fusion reactor) in his spare time. A society that produces such
a kid and gives him such opportunities has unfathomable potential. And
he is not alone. Other hobbyists build fusors.
The piano player, Emil Gilels, was a Ukrainian Jew and a Soviet citizen
*******************************
Generation Obama: Unemployed, Debt-Ridden, and Homeless
It might seem easy to say, “you get what you vote for,” to the millions
of young voters who supported President Obama and now can’t find work.
But, with a record number of young Americans becoming homeless, blaming
the victim of President Obama’s well-crafted rhetoric doesn’t seem
right.
In one of his last campaign speeches, President Obama told a crowd of
people at the University of Wisconsin--Madison, “We tried our ideas;
they worked. The economy grew. We created jobs.”
This sham President Obama cooked-up is nothing short of immoral for the
millions of young Americans that have been living in Obama’s economic
hell the last four years.
The Democratic Party renders themselves as the party of compassion, yet
under any measurement, young Americans have never been more economically
miserable under any other President in recorded history.
And, the misery continues to worsen. A recent article in The New York
Times reported that young people are “the new face of a national
homeless population, one that poverty experts and case workers say is
growing.” And according to Andrea Bailey, the executive director of the
Community Food and Outreach Center, it is becoming increasingly more
common for young people to seek help from homeless shelters.
The cities of Los Angeles and Boston attempted to count the exact number
of young Americans that have been forced to move onto the streets. In
2011, it was estimated that 3,600 young Americans were living on the
streets of Los Angeles. The number rises significantly if you count
those temporarily sleeping on their friends’ couch.
The amount of young Americans in Boston seeking shelter represented 12
percent of the total homeless population in 2011, up 3 percentage points
from the previous year. But they fear that this isn’t anywhere close to
the actual number of young Americans occupying their streets. “It’s a
significant enough jump to know that it’s also just the tip of the
iceberg,” said Jim Greene, director of emergency shelters for the Boston
Public Health Commission.
This news is incredibly disheartening, but should we be surprised? No.
While President Obama boasted from his ivory towers on the campaign
trail that over 4.5 million jobs have been created in the last four
years, young Americans have had a drastically different experience.
In the last four years under President Obama, 397,000 youth jobs were
destroyed and youth unemployment averaged 17.5 percent--the highest
level in recorded history. 53 percent of recent graduates are unemployed
or underemployed, and young Americans currently represent 40 percent of
the total unemployed population.
While recent numbers suggest youth unemployment is going down, more
young people continue to drop out of the work force. In the month of
November alone, 153,000 young Americans ages 20-24 completely gave up
looking for work and the Labor Force Participation rate dropped from
54.4 percent to 54.1 percent.
I guess they didn’t want anything to do with those 4.5 million private sector jobs that President Obama claimed he created.
Youth unemployment is a serious problem. Homelessness is even more
unfathomable. But the real concern lies in the mentality that this type
of environment is creating among Millennials.
Anyone forced to live a life on the streets lives a life of survival.
Instead of looking for a job, you’re looking for the next meal. Instead
of helping businesses grow and create jobs for these young people,
President Obama has been satisfied growing the welfare state and
providing the next meal. The government food stamp program has grown 50
percent during his term.
The Obama economy is taking the wind out of the sails of these young
Americans fresh out of college who truly wanted to start their careers.
This President and this economy are breeding a new generation of
entitlement and dependency by letting young people believe that it is
acceptable to solely rely on the government.
But this won’t get them very far. Young people were sold a bill of goods
this election, and they bought it--even after the last four years of
economic hell. It’s only downhill from here.
Conservatives have failed to step in and articulate the message that
more freedom and less government spending create more jobs and more
independence for young people. Until they do so--or until our economy
totally fails--young Americans will continue to fall into the Obama
entitlement trap.
With no jobs and nowhere to turn but to President Obama, an overwhelming
majority of the population will be in favor of a dependency-centered,
debt-ridden government. We see it happening in Europe, and look where
it’s gotten them. We’d be naive to think it wouldn’t happen here.
Conservative leaders have the moral obligation to propose a brighter
future for young Americans and our country to ensure it doesn’t.
The last year has been a tough one for conservatives. The hope that four
years of failed policy would be enough to repudiate the
liberal/progressive ideology of the Obama administration ended when the
majority of the American public voted to maintain their entitlements --
so long as someone else paid for them. And the conservative response to
the debacle has been for the various factions within the movement to
declare war on each other.
It's time for conservatives to give serious thought to what they believe
and how they can make a more persuasive case that conservative
principles offer the best path for America. Conservatives have to do
more than invoke small government, lower taxes and protection of the
family. They have to explain the principles on which such policies are
based and why those principles are more likely to fulfill the promise of
life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness on which the nation was
founded.
Liberals always argue for their policies on the basis of fairness and
justice. It's only fair, they say, that those who have the most share
what they have with those who have less. The whole basis of the
progressive tax system rests on this principle -- and it is at the heart
of the Obama tax message even now.
Conservatives' arguments that this economic redistribution will harm the
economy (it will) or that the taxes raised still won't be enough to pay
for ever-expanding entitlements (they won't) never confront the false
premise that the principle is just and fair in the first place. Here is
where conservatives seem to have lost their footing, almost as if they
no longer know why they believe what they do.
The idea that it is right and just for one group of persons to take from
another the fruits of their labor simply because they have more
political power would strike most people as unjust. Yet, the debate
around raising tax rates on the rich ultimately boils down to that.
At least in the short run, we could raise more revenue to pay for
government programs by raising taxes on everyone -- rich and middle
class alike (few people argue for making the poor pay taxes) -- than we
could by taxing only those who earn $250,000 or more. No politician
argues for that because middle class Americans still make up the voting
majority in this country and the middle class have no interest in
redistributing their own hard-earned wealth. And why should they? Most
people believe they're entitled to what they've earned through their own
efforts.
But this natural response actually stems from an understanding that it
is a basic right for a man to enjoy the rewards of his own labor. If a
man works twice as hard as his neighbor or is more skillful, is it
really fair or just to say that that individual should be entitled to
keep less of what he earns?
That is not to say that conservatives should forget about the poor and
needy, but here again, their arguments should rest on principle not
politics. There is no right to be taken care of (except among children,
the severely disabled or very old). But there is a moral obligation --
for the individual and community -- to take care of those who cannot
take care of themselves. So, too, is there a moral obligation on the
part of the individual not to take advantage of others' charity to avoid
taking care of himself and his family -- if at all possible.
Conservatives too often act as if the problem with social welfare
programs is that they cost too much, rather than to point out the way in
which they breach both moral obligation and responsibility.
It's not too late for conservatives to try to make these arguments --
but first they have to understand them and believe them themselves.
Conservatives shouldn't concede the justice or fairness arguments of
liberals; they should tackle them head on.
Religious business owners determined to enforce their First Amendment rights
Now that Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor has denied Hobby Lobby’s
application for an emergency injunction protecting them from Obamacare’s
HHS Mandate on abortion and birth control, Hobby Lobby has decided to
defy the federal government to remain true to their religious beliefs,
at enormous risk and financial cost.
Hobby Lobby is wholly owned and controlled by the Green family, who are
evangelical Christians. The Greens are committed to running their
business in accordance with their Christian faith, believing that God
wants them to conduct their professional business in accordance with the
family’s understanding of the Bible. Hobby Lobby’s mission statement
includes, “Honoring the Lord in all we do by operating the company …
consistent with Biblical principles.”
The HHS Mandate goes into effect for Hobby Lobby on Jan. 1, 2013. The
Greens correctly understand that some of the drugs the HHS Mandate
requires them to cover at no cost in their healthcare plans cause
abortions.
Today Hobby Lobby announced that they will not comply with this mandate
to become complicit in abortion, which the Greens believe ends an
innocent human life. Given Hobby Lobby’s size (it has 572 stores
employing more than 13,000 people), by violating the HHS Mandate, it
will be subject to over $1.3 million in fines per day. That means over
$40 million in fines in January alone. If their case takes another ten
months to get before the Supreme Court—which would be the earliest it
could get there under the normal order of business—the company would
incur almost a half-billion dollars in fines. And then of course the
Supreme Court would have to write an opinion in what would likely be a
split decision with dissenters, which could easily take four or six
months and include hundreds of millions of dollars in additional
penalties.
This is civil disobedience, consistent with America’s highest traditions
when moral issues are at stake. The Greens are a law-abiding family.
They have no desire to defy their own government. But as the Founders
launched the American Revolution because they believed the British
government was violating their rights, the Greens believe that President
Barack Obama and Secretary Kathleen Sebelius are commanding the Greens
to sin against God, and that no government has the lawful authority to
do so.
The Christian tradition of defying government commands to do something
wrong goes back to the very birth of Christianity. When the apostles
were ordered not to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with anyone, the
Book of Acts records: “Peter and the other apostles replied: ‘We must
obey God rather than men! The God of our fathers raised Jesus from the
dead—whom you had killed by hanging him on a tree.’”
Eleven of the twelve apostles—including Peter—would lose their lives for
the sake of spreading the gospel of Jesus Christ; only the apostle John
died of old age. They were determined to obey God’s will at all costs.
This issue of civil disobedience is never to be undertaken lightly. The
Bible teaches Christians to submit to all legitimate governmental
authority (e.g., Romans 13:1), and so a person can only disobey the
government when there is no other way to obey God.
But here in America, the Constitution is the Supreme Law of the Land,
and in its First Amendment it protects against a government
establishment of an official religion and separately protects the free
exercise of religion. On top of that, Congress passed the Religious
Freedom Restoration Act of 1993 (RFRA) to specifically add an additional
layer of protection against government actions that violate a person’s
religious beliefs.
The HHS Mandate is a gross violation of the religious beliefs of the
Green family. The issue before the courts here is whether the Greens
religious-liberty rights include running their secular, for-profit
business consistent with their religious beliefs. In other words, is
religious liberty just what you do in church on a Sunday morning, or
does it include what you do during the week at your job?
The Greens are now putting their fortunes on the line to do what they
believe is right. The courts should side with them, affirming a broad
scope of religious liberty under the Constitution and RFRA. And the
Supreme Court should resolve this matter with dispatch in their favor.
Millions of Christians across the country feel exactly the same way as
the Greens. The Obama administration has issued a statist command that
is a declaration of war on people of faith who object to abortion, and
civil disobedience could break out all over the country unless the
courts set this matter right—and quickly.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
Franklin Delano Roosevelt was a war criminal. Both British and American
codebreakers had cracked the Japanese naval code so FDR knew what was
coming at Pearl Harbor. But for his own political reasons he warned
no-one there. So responsibility for the civilian and military deaths at
Pearl Harbor lies with FDR as well as with the Japanese. The huge
firepower available at Pearl Harbor, both aboard ship and on land, could
have largely neutered the attack. Can you imagine 8 battleships and
various lesser craft firing all their AA batteries as the Japanese came
in? The Japanese naval airforce would have been annihilated and the war
would have been over before it began.
****************************
30 December, 2012
Sunday Sabbath
I put up a full lot of postings yesterday so I am taking today off.
I prefer the thinking behind the Jewish Sabbath but St Paul said
Christians can celebrate any day they like so who am I to argue?
JR
29 December, 2012
Extraordinary defences of Ivy League racism
After the huge body of evidence marshalled by Ron Unz to show
discrimination against Asians at the Ivies, here is one of the "replies"
published by the NYT in response:
"Some allege specifically that affirmative action harms Asian
applicants, capping the Asian population at elite universities. In
reality, there is no evidence that this is the case."
The lamebrain concerned appears to think, obviously correctly, that mere
denial of the Unz evidence will suffice for the NYT. She
dismisses it with a wave of her hand without addressing it at all.
Any rubbish will do for the NYT as long as the conclusions suit
the NYT, it seems. This is below the quality of supermarket
tabloids, which do at least pretend to look at evidence for their
claims.
Another reply
which at least admits the Unz evidence simply reiterates the nasty
stereotype of Asians as bespectacled nerds with no opinions of their
own.
Given the huge preference now given by the Ivies to Jewish applicants,
I suppose I could be equally racist in reverse and say that Asians
are simply more polite than loud-mouthed NYC Jews. It just shows
what a slippery slope racism can be and is thoroughly obnoxious for all
the reasons that Leftists never tire of telling us about. Steve Sailer gives it a thorough fisking.
******************************
Liberalism’s Petty Agenda
By David Bozeman
The idea that the American left would delight in the political demise of
conservative white males certainly comes as a shock to no one.
That theme has animated talk radio since the election. And
let’s give the Democrats their due — they have, with the assistance of
media and entertainment, mastered political warfare and left the GOP
flailing, unsure and uninspired.
But New York Times columnist Maureen Dowd recently laid bare the
cynical, shallow, juvenile mindset that secured President Obama a second
term. In a recent piece “The Lost Civilization,’ she writes that
the world did, indeed, end on December 21 — for “arrogant, uptight,
entitled, bossy, retrogressive white guys.”
Citing demographic trends not typically favorable to conservatives and
Republicans, she surmises that someday a National Geographic special
will profile this “lost tribe” and feature such relics as film footage
of Clint Eastwood and the empty chair and recorded ramblings of “a tall,
stiff man, his name long forgotten, gnashing his teeth about the 47
percent moochers.”
And she prattles on, with no vision or intellectual engagement — these
are tauntings more believable in a Mean Girls sequel. Conservatives and
libertarians predicate their movements on ideas, always pondering what
America will look like twenty years hence. Maureen Dowd, who,
sadly, speaks for millions, doesn’t even feign interest in the
implications of policy — she’s one of the cool cats shooting barbs at
“Whitey” and she wants you to know it.
We are now seeing the Balkanization of America at its most sophomoric,
and the realization of why our founders fought to safeguard future
generations from the dictates of unlimited, group-against-group majority
rule. Dowd is correct in that white conservative guys are no
longer deemed important electorally, while Hispanics and others are now
flexing their political muscles and can expect to be wooed with
sickening excesses before 2016.
We on the right are not consumed with group identity. We share the
vision of our founders of individual autonomy and limited central power
to promote the general welfare.
Only a liberal is granted such wide latitude in snidely dismissing
entire population blocs. But the greater truth is that
conservatives, in all their pasty, white-maleness, are not the American
anomaly (bear in mind, Obama won roughly 50 percent of the vote this
time, down from 2008). Liberal elites such as Maureen Dowd are.
They can champion the benevolence of the progressive agenda,
knowing that they, in their posh New York townhouses and Malibu estates,
will remain largely untouched by the excesses and uniformity sure to
follow.
Obamacare will one day affect every individual American, but most
liberal elites harbor no vision beyond their next MSNBC appearance.
In the meantime, they live in secure communities, their children
attend private schools and they need never feel guilty about
coast-to-coast air travel provided they purchase carbon offsets.
As Mark Steyn has so brilliantly observed, warnings of societal decline
fall on deaf ears — after all, New York still boasts Broadway, Lincoln
Center, fine dining, Greenwich Village, etc. So what if the rest of the
country is run like Detroit? And besides, we haven’t formally
discarded America’s defining values and traditions, and only European
nations ever really face bankruptcy.
Truth is, the left seldom engages those concerned with financial and
social collapse, they simply demonize them and finally discard them as
irrelevant. Dowd doesn’t even earn points for originality — whole
cottage industries have been predicting the demise of conservative
thought for at least fifty years.
Some say that demography is destiny. I believe that character is,
both for individuals and nations. Let us hope that America’s
character is never defined by the likes of Maureen Dowd.
While CNN’s Piers Morgan is a well known critic of America’s Second
Amendment, he has now ventured into a new campaign to reform another
document critical in the development of western civilization; the Bible.
During a discussion on CNN’s “Piers Morgan Tonight” on Monday —
Christmas Eve — with Saddleback Church Pastor Rick Warren, Morgan argued
that there needs to be an “amendment to the Bible” for same-sex
marriage, because like the Constitution, the Bible is “inherently
flawed.”
“Both the Bible and the Constitution were well intentioned but they are
basically, inherently flawed. Hence, the need to amend it,” Morgan told
Warren during a conversation where Morgan emphasized the need for
America to separate Church and State.
“My point to you about gay rights, for example, it’s time for an amendment to the Bible.”
“Uh, no,” replied Warren, in a conversation that remained civil between
both parties. “Not a chance. What I believe is flawed is human opinion,
because it constantly changes.”
Morgan has attracted more media attention than usual over the last few
weeks as he has increased his always vocal cries for increased gun
control laws in America following the Newtown elementary school shooting
earlier this month. Morgan’s campaign has infuriated Second
Amendment enthusiasts, leading to a petition to the White House signed
by over 75,000 calling for the CNN host’s deportation back to Britain.
This development led to a counter protest in the UK “Stop Piers Morgan
from being deported back to the UK from America.”
With the fiscal cliff looming, Washington is looking under every rock for new forms of “revenue.”
Nothing is sacred, not even the mortgage and charitable deductions,
which some are recasting as “loopholes.” Ending the mortgage deduction
when the housing market is finally showing signs of recovery would be
like giving a cancer patient strychnine to make him feel better.
Even worse would be ending the charitable deduction, for the simple
reason that this deduction encourages private sector benevolence, which
the federal government under Barack Obama treats as pesky competition.
As government grows, the private sector wanes, a situation created by
the decline of strong families and abetted by progressive programs
designed to make families irrelevant.
When it comes to serving the needy, there are two basic approaches. The
first, inspired by Jesus Christ and required in the Old Testament, is
sacrificial giving of oneself. This has been the cornerstone of American
charity since the nation’s founding, and it remains the most effective
way to assist the poor.
The diametrically opposite approach is socialism, in which income is
forcibly seized and then redistributed to groups and individuals favored
by government officials. Socialism is rooted in the formula from Karl
Marx—“from each according to his abilities to each according to his
needs.”
That’s a fine arrangement when voluntary, such as in families, churches
and private charities. However, when imposed by force—and socialism is
always accompanied by force since it violates human nature—it is soft
tyranny masquerading as charity.
Since the 1930s, with the advent of the New Deal, the federal
government, along with local and state governments, has taken on more
and more functions that were handled by families and faith-based
charities. Lyndon Johnson’s Great Society sent this into overdrive, and
Barack Obama is intent on nailing America to a third-stage rocket into
socialism.
Social Security, the largest government income transfer program, was
originally aimed at assisting intact families and widows. Now, it’s an
ever-growing tax on employees and employers that has driven a wedge
between the generations. How? Because in the past, parents had more
children partly to insure that someone would provide for them in their
old age.
Social Security removed the advantage of having children, since it
guarantees income based solely on age (and previous employment). Someone
who has no children gets the same amount as someone who had six
children who grew up to pay into the system, thus supporting the
childless retiree. Children are very expensive, as any parent can tell
you. Social Security makes having them less advantageous. Of course,
Social Security has allowed millions of older Americans to live in at
least minimally comfortable circumstances. Political talk of privatizing
any aspect of Social Security is hazardous, and any hint of ending
Social Security as we know it is political suicide. Americans have come
to count on Social Security, so the challenge is how to sustain it
without bankrupting the next generation.
The same can be said of Medicare, Medicaid and many other enormous
federal programs. The advantages are obvious, but the downsides are not
so obvious – except for America’s $16 trillion-and-growing debt. To pay
for all this, the average American family’s tax burden has risen from a
mere 2% of income in 1948 to something approaching 40 percent when all
taxes are accounted for.
This has forced many mothers into the workplace who would, all things
being equal, rather spend the time raising their children. It’s also
created a huge market for paid childcare, with the government
subsidizing it. Families pay taxes to create a system that offers
incentives for them to spend less time with their own children.
On April 21, 2009, President Obama signed a bill, the “Edward M. Kennedy
Serve America Act,” tripling the size of the federal government’s paid
“volunteer” programs, including AmeriCorps. The plan will spend $5.7
billion over the next five years and $10 billion over the next 10 years,
and put 250,000 paid “volunteers” on the government payroll.
Why would anyone think that government involvement would improve
volunteerism? On the Senate floor, Sen. Jim DeMint (R-S.C.) warned:
"…Our history shows us when Government gets involved, it tends to
take something that is working and make it not work nearly as well.
Civil society works because it is everything Government is not. It is
small, it is personal, it is responsive, it is accountable.”
In 2009, Harvard economics Prof. Martin Feldstein warned that Obama’s
plan to target charities could severely hurt nonprofits:
“President Obama’s proposal to limit the tax deductibility of
charitable contributions would effectively transfer more than $7 billion
a year from the nation’s charitable institutions to the federal
government.”
Taken together, a massive increase in government aid to paid
“volunteers” and reducing incentives for charitable giving are a
double-barreled shotgun aimed at the private sector.
More than 800 Palestinians have been killed and hundreds others injured
since the beginning of the crisis in Syria nearly two years ago.
In the past two weeks, thousands of Palestinians were forced to flee the
Yarmouk refugee camp near Damascus after Syrian jets bombed their
homes, killing dozens of people.
More than 3000 refugees have fled to neighboring Lebanon, where some
politicians and cabinet ministers are already calling for closing the
border to stop the influx of Palestinians into their country.
The Arab world, meanwhile, has done nothing to help the Palestinians in Syria.
The Arab League did not hold an emergency meeting to discuss what
Palestinians described as "massacres" against the refugees in Yarmouk,
home to some 50,000 people.
This is not the first time that Palestinians living in Arab countries
find themselves caught in conflicts between rival parties. Those who
meddle in the internal affairs of Arab countries should not be surprised
when bombs start falling on their homes.
The Palestinians have a long history of involving themselves in the
internal affairs of Arab countries and later complaining when they fall
victim to violence. They complain they are being killed but not saying
why they keep getting into trouble.
Palestinians are not always innocent victims. They bring tragedy on
themselves and then want to blame everyone else but themselves.
In Syria, a Palestinian terrorist group called Popular Front for the
Liberation of Palestine - General Command, which is headed by Ahmed
Jibril, had been helping the Syrian regime in its attempts to suppress
the opposition. Jibril's terrorists are reported to have kidnapped,
tortured and murdered hundreds of anti-regime Syrians over the past two
years.
The last time an Arab army bombed a Palestinian refugee camp was in
Lebanon. In 2007, the Lebanese army destroyed most of the Nahr al-Bared
camp after another terrorist group, Fatah al-Islam set up bases there
and attacked army checkpoints, killing several soldiers.
In the 70s and 80s, Palestinians played a major role in the Lebanon
civil war, which claimed the lives of more than 150,000 people.
The Palestinians also payed a price for meddling in the internal affairs
of Iraq. After the collapse of Saddam Hussein's regime, thousands of
Palestinians were forced out of Iraq for helping the dictator oppress
his people for many years.
After the liberation of Kuwait more than 20 years ago, hundreds of
thousands of Palestinians were expelled from the tiny emirate and other
Gulf countries. Their crime was that they had supported Saddam Hussein's
invasion of Kuwait -- a country that for many years had provided the
PLO with billions of dollars in aid.
Jordan was the first Arab country to punish the Palestinians for
meddling in its internal affairs. In 1970, the late King Hussein ordered
his army to crush armed Palestinian organizations that had severely
undermined his monarchy. The violence resulted in the deaths of
thousands of Palestinians and ended with the expulsion of the PLO to
Lebanon.
What happened in the Yarmouk refugee camp in the past few days shows
that the Palestinians have not learned from their previous mistakes and
are continuing to meddle in the internal affairs of Arab countries. That
is perhaps why the Arabs are reluctant to help the Palestinians
overcome their financial hardships.
Arab League foreign ministers recently promised to provide the
Palestinian Authority with $100m. per month to solve its financial
crisis. But the Palestinians have not yet seen one dollar from the
promised aid. And if they continue to meddle in the internal affairs of
their Arab brothers, the only thing they will see is more bombs falling
on their homes and thousands of people forced out of their refugee
camps.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
Franklin Delano Roosevelt was a war criminal. Both British and American
codebreakers had cracked the Japanese naval code so FDR know what was
coming at Pearl Harbor. But for his own political reasons he
warned no-one there. So responsibility for the civilian and
military deaths at Pearl Harbor lies with FDR as well as with the
Japanese. The huge firepower available at Pearl Harbor, both
aboard ship and on land, could have largely neutered the attack.
Can you imagine 8 battleships and various lesser craft firing
their AA batteries as the Japanese came in?
****************************
28 December, 2012
Kwanzaa: Holiday Brought to You By The FBI
Ann Coulter
Is it just me, or does Kwanzaa seem to come earlier and earlier each
year? And let's face it, Kwanzaa's gotten way too commercialized.
A few years ago, I suspended my annual Kwanzaa column because my triumph
over this fake holiday seemed complete. The only people still
celebrating Kwanzaa were presidential-statement writers and white female
public school teachers.
But it seems to be creeping back. A few weeks ago, House Minority Leader
Rep. Nancy Pelosi, D-Calif., complained about having to stick around
Washington for fiscal cliff negotiations by accusing Republicans of not
caring about "families" coming together to bond during Kwanzaa. The
private schools have picked up this PC nonsense from the public schools.
(Soon, no one will know anything.)
It is a fact that Kwanzaa was invented in 1966 by a black radical FBI
stooge, Ron Karenga -- aka Dr. Maulana Karenga -- founder of United
Slaves, a violent nationalist rival to the Black Panthers. He was also a
dupe of the FBI.
In what was ultimately a foolish gamble, during the madness of the '60s,
the FBI encouraged the most extreme black nationalist organizations in
order to discredit and split the left. The more preposterous the group,
the better.
By that criterion, Karenga's United Slaves was perfect. In the annals of
the American '60s, Karenga was the Father Gapon, stooge of the czarist
police.
Despite modern perceptions that blend all the black activists of the
'60s, the Black Panthers did not hate whites. They did not seek armed
revolution (although some of their most high-profile leaders were drug
dealers and murderers). Those were the precepts of Karenga's United
Slaves.
United Slaves were proto-fascists, walking around in dashikis, gunning
down Black Panthers and adopting invented "African" names. (That was a
big help to the black community: How many boys named "Jamal" are
currently in prison?)
It's as if David Duke invented a holiday called "Anglika," which he
based on the philosophy of "Mein Kampf" -- and clueless public school
teachers began celebrating the made-up, racist holiday.
Whether Karenga was a willing dupe, or just a dupe, remains unclear.
Curiously, in a 1995 interview with Ethnic NewsWatch, Karenga
matter-of-factly explained that the forces out to get O.J. Simpson for
the "framed" murder of two whites included: "the FBI, the CIA, the State
Department, Interpol, the Chicago Police Department" and so on. Karenga
should know about FBI infiltration. (He further noted that the evidence
against O.J. "was not strong enough to prohibit or eliminate
unreasonable doubt" -- an interesting standard of proof.)
In the category of the-gentleman-doth-protest-too-much, back in the
'70s, Karenga was quick to criticize rumors that black radicals were
government-supported. When Nigerian newspapers claimed that some
American black radicals were CIA operatives, Karenga publicly denounced
the idea, saying, "Africans must stop generalizing about the loyalties
and motives of Afro-Americans, including the widespread suspicion of
black Americans being CIA agents."
Now we know that the FBI fueled the bloody rivalry between the Panthers
and United Slaves. In one barbarous outburst, Karenga's United Slaves
shot to death two Black Panthers on the UCLA campus: Al "Bunchy" Carter
and John Huggins. Karenga himself served time, a useful stepping-stone
for his current position as a black studies professor at California
State University at Long Beach.
Karenga's invented holiday is a nutty blend of schmaltzy '60s rhetoric,
black racism and Marxism. The seven principles of Kwanzaa are the very
same seven principles of the Symbionese Liberation Army, another
charming legacy of the Worst Generation.
In 1974, Patricia Hearst, kidnap victim-cum-SLA revolutionary, posed
next to the banner of her alleged captors, a seven-headed cobra. Each
snake head stood for one of the SLA's revolutionary principles: Umoja,
Kujichagulia, Ujima, Ujamaa, Nia, Kuumba and Imani -- the exact same
seven "principles" of Kwanzaa.
Kwanzaa praises collectivism in every possible area of life --
economics, work, personality, even litter removal. ("Kuumba: Everyone
should strive to improve the community and make it more beautiful.") It
takes a village to raise a police snitch.
When Karenga was asked to distinguish Kawaida, the philosophy underlying
Kwanzaa, from "classical Marxism," he essentially said that, under
Kawaida, we also hate whites. (Kawaida, Kwanzaa and Kuumba are also the
only three Kardashian sisters not to have their own shows on the E!
network.)
While taking the "best of early Chinese and Cuban socialism" --
excluding, one hopes, the forced abortions, imprisonment of homosexuals
and forced labor -- Karenga said Kawaida practitioners believe one's
racial identity "determines life conditions, life chances and
self-understanding." There's an inclusive philosophy for you.
Kwanzaa was the result of a '60s psychosis grafted onto the black
community. Liberals have become so mesmerized by multicultural nonsense
that they have forgotten the real history of Kwanzaa and Karenga's
United Slaves -- the violence, the Marxism, the insanity.
Most absurdly, for leftists anyway, they have forgotten the FBI's tacit
encouragement of this murderous black nationalist cult founded by the
father of Kwanzaa.
Kwanzaa emerged not from Africa, but from the FBI's COINTELPRO. It is a
holiday celebrated exclusively by idiot white liberals. Black people
celebrate Christmas. (Merry Christmas, fellow Christians!)
Why Are Taxpayers Paying Union Officials' So Much?
Taxpayers are forking out $4.8 million for 35 union officials at
the Department of Transportation. But the beneficiary here isn't the
taxpayer, it's President Obama, who is raking campaign cash from these
unions.
According to documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act
by Americans for Limited Government, 35 officials, representing mostly
air traffic controllers' unions, are members of the $100,000 club among
federal employees.
Unlike the average American, or even average DOT employee, these union
officials draw an average $138,000 in salary and benefits from the
federal government, not to give something of value to the taxpayers, but
to work exclusively for their unions — the National Air Traffic
Controllers Association (Natca), the AFL-CIO-affiliated Professional
Aviation Safety Specialists (Pass) and two others.
Eight make more than $170,000. The lowest-paid gets $80,000. That means
taxpayers are actually paying for union efforts to shake down taxpayers
for ever higher salaries and benefits for government workers.
Average controller compensation for the 20,000 or so federal air traffic
controllers totaled $166,000 in 2006 and has been forecast to rise
towards $200,000 in the next five years, according to a study by the
Heritage Foundation.
By contrast, the average American makes $50,000 and the average DOT employee makes $70,000.
It's bad enough that taxpayers are on the hook for a union whose
interests are in opposition to their own, but even the workers aren't
getting much of value from this taxpayer-paid union representation,
either.
"At least 50% of the people you work with aren't worth what they are
paid either. ... Incentive and recognition aren't the strong points,"
wrote one FAA employee, describing his work on the jobs bulletin board
Glassdoor.com
"People make a good deal of money, yet are often whining about not
making more. Most of the whining I overheard came from people making
over 90K a year," wrote another.
"The employees that don't pull their own weight are not disciplined because of PASS (the union)," said another.
"Brown noses advance well. You have to brag on yourself exceeding in all
areas for performance bonus which some find fun since they sit around
on smoke break 1/4 of day, allowing co-workers to carry load," said
another.
It underlines that value for the taxpayer isn't the idea here. Political influence is.
"(W)e are one of the strongest and most influential labor unions in the
federal sector," bragged Natca President Paul Rinaldi, in a statement on
the union's website.
Charity -- helping people who have trouble helping themselves -- is a
good thing two times over. It's good for the beneficiary and good for
the donor, too. Stephen Post's fine book, "The Hidden Gifts of Helping,"
reveals that 76 percent of Americans say that helping others is what
makes them most happy. Giving money makes us feel good, and helping
face-to-face is even better. People say it makes them feel physically
healthier. They sleep better.
Private charity is unquestioningly better than government efforts to
help people. Government squanders money. Charities sometime squander
money, too, but they usually don't.
Proof of the superiority of private over government efforts is
everywhere. Catholic charities do a better job educating children than
government -- for much less money. New York City's government left
Central Park a dangerous mess. Then a private charity rescued it. But
while charity is important, let's not overlook something more important:
Before we can help anyone, we first need something to give. Production
precedes donation. Advocates of big government forget this.
We can't give unless we (or someone) first creates. Yet wealth creators
are encouraged to feel guilt. "Bill Gates, or any billionaire, for that
matter," Yaron Brook, author of "Free Market Revolution" and president
of the Ayn Rand Institute, said on my TV show, "how did they become a
billionaire? By creating a product or great service that benefits
everybody. And we know it benefits us because we pay for it. We pay less
than what it's worth to us. That's why we trade -- we get more value
than what we give up. So, our lives are better off. Bill Gates improved
hundreds of millions of lives around the world. That's how he became a
billionaire."
Gates walks in the footprints of earlier creators, like John D.
Rockefeller, who got rich by lowering the price of oil products, and
Cornelius Vanderbilt, who did the same for transportation. The clueless
media called them robber barons, but they were neither robbers nor
barons.
They and other creators didn't just give us products to improve our
lives, they also employed people. That's charity that keeps on giving,
because employees keep working and keep supporting their families.
"That's not charity," Brook said. "(It's) another trade. You pay your
employees and get something in return. But the employee is better off,
and you are better off.
"And when you start thinking about the multiplier effect, $50 billion
for Bill Gates? That's nothing compared to the value he added to the
world. That is much greater than the value he'll ever add in any kind of
charitable activity." Gates now donates billions and applies his
critical thinking skills to charity. He tested ideas in education, like
small high schools, and dumped them when they didn't work. Good. But if
he reinvested his charity money in Microsoft, might he have helped more
people? Maybe.
Brook points out that Gates gets credit for his charity, but little
credit for having created wealth. "Quite the contrary," Brook said. "We
sent the Justice Department to go after him. He's considered greedy, in
spite of all the hundreds of millions of people he's helped, because he
benefited at the same time. (When) he shifted to charity, suddenly he's a
good guy. My complaint is not that he's doing the charity. It's that we
as a society value not the creation, not the building, not the
accumulation of wealth. ... What we value is the charity. Yes, it's
going to have good impact, but is that what's important? ... Charity is
fine, but not the source of virtue. The source of virtue is the creation
and the building."
What especially offends Brook, and me, too, is stigmatizing wealth
creators. The rich are made to feel guilty about making money. I
sometimes attend "lifetime achievement award" ceremonies meant to honor a
businessman. Inevitably, his charity work is celebrated much more
enthusiastically than his business creation. Sometimes the businessman
says he wants to "give back."
Says Brook, "It's wrong for businessmen to feel like they need to 'give back' as if they took something away from anybody."
He's right. They didn't. If we value benevolence, we must value creation.
It was big news last week when the Federal Reserve announced that it
wants to maintain its current low-interest rate policy until
unemployment, now 7.7 percent, drops to at least 6.5 percent. The Fed
was correctly portrayed as favoring job creation over fighting
inflation, though it also set an inflation target of 2.5 percent. What
was missing from commentary was caution based on history: the Fed has
tried this before and failed – with disastrous consequences.
By "this," I mean a twin targeting of unemployment and inflation. In the
1970s, that's what the Fed did. Targets weren't announced but were
implicit. The Fed pursed the then-popular goal of "full employment,"
defined as a 4 percent unemployment rate; annual inflation of 3 percent
to 4 percent was deemed acceptable. The result was economic
schizophrenia. Episodes of easy credit to cut unemployment spurred
inflation, which inspired tighter credit that boosted joblessness. By
1980, inflation was 13 percent and unemployment, 7 percent.
The Fed was in over its head. It didn't know enough to do what it (and
many others) thought it could do. Today's problem is similar. Although
the Fed has learned much since the 1970s – including the importance of
low inflation – its economic understanding and powers are still limited.
It can't predictably hit a given mix of unemployment and inflation.
Striving to do so risks dangerous side effects, including a future
financial crisis.
For proof of the Fed's limits, look to the Fed itself. Since the 2008-09
financial crisis, which the Fed didn't anticipate or prevent, it has
repeatedly miscalculated. It's made heroic efforts to revive the
economy, including keeping short-term interest rates near zero since
late 2008 and pumping out more than $2 trillion by buying mortgage bonds
and U.S. Treasury securities. But as Chairman Ben Bernanke conceded
last week, the Fed has consistently overestimated the recovery's
strength. Even if the Fed's policies were right, their impact has been
exaggerated.
Throwing money at the economy has produced only modest gains. The money
paid out to buy bonds has aimed, through reinvestment in the stock and
bond markets, to boost stock prices and lower interest rates on other
bonds. These changes are intended to stimulate spending. Many economists
agree that more can be done. "Is the Fed running out of steam? To some
extent," says Mark Zandi of Moody's Analytics. "But interest rates on
30-year fixed mortgages are 3.35 percent. They could be lower."
What might doom the Fed's ambitions?
One threat is irrelevancy. Credit is arguably so easy that the Fed can't
do much more. Psychology counts. "What I see among small- and
medium-sized businesses is rampant pessimism," says economist Allan
Meltzer of Carnegie Mellon University. "With $1.5 trillion of excess
bank reserves, it's hard to argue that there's a shortage of loanable
funds." Fears about the "fiscal cliff" – all the tax increases and
spending cuts scheduled for early 2013 – amplify this point....
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
27 December, 2012
Politics without Foundations
“Why,” Beverly Gage and Steven Hayward ask, “is there no liberal Ayn
Rand?” Arguably, there are several: Charles Dickens, George Bernard
Shaw, John dos Passos, and John Steinbeck—though none inspires the
devotion that Rand’s followers feel for her. But their real question
isn’t about literature. It’s about philosophy. The conservative movement
rests on a series of great thinkers: Aristotle, Aquinas, Locke, Burke,
Mill, Hayek, von Mises, etc. Where are the intellectual foundations of
the Left?
Gage herself provides an answer:
Once upon a time, the Old Left had “movement culture” par excellence: to
be considered a serious activist, you had to read Marx and Lenin until
your eyes bled. For better or worse, that never resulted in much
electoral power (nor was it intended to) and within a few decades became
the hallmark of pedantry rater than intellectual vitality.
The New Left reinvented that heritage in the 1960s. Instead of (or in
addition to) Marx and Lenin, activists began to read Herbert Marcuse, C.
Wright Mills, and Saul Alinsky. As new, more particular movements
developed, the reading list grew to include feminists,
African-Americans, and other traditionally excluded groups. This vastly
enhanced the range of voices in the public sphere—one of the truly great
revolutions in American intellectual politics. But it did little to
create a single coherent language through which to maintain common
cause. Instead, the left ended up with multiple “movement cultures,”
most of them more focused on issue-oriented activism than on a common
set of ideas.
There is an intellectual tradition behind the contemporary Left,
stretching back to Plato’s Republic and including Hegel, Marx, Lenin,
Gramsci, Marcuse, Alinsky, etc. But it’s a deeply totalitarian
tradition. It’s the political philosophy that dares not speak its name
in an election season, for it would garner few votes, and for good
reason.
The real intellectual vacuum underlies not the Left as such but people
who style themselves liberals, but not socialists—i.e., I’m guessing,
most Democrats. Where are their intellectual roots?
Hayward points out that there are some:
Even leaving aside the popularity of fevered figures such as Noam
Chomsky, one can point to a number of serious thinkers on the Left such
as Michael Walzer, or John Rawls and his acolytes, or Rawls’ thoughtful
critics on the Left such as Michael Sandel. However, the high
degree of abstraction of these thinkers—their palpable distance from the
real political and cultural debates of our time—is a reflection of the
attenuation of contemporary liberalism.
He’s right about the attenuation, but wrong, I think, about the reason.
It’s not just that these thinkers are highly abstract; so are Plato and
Aristotle. It’s not that they don’t take part in contemporary debates;
neither did Aquinas and Hegel. It’s that they don’t tap into anything
deep or abiding about the human condition.
For about a decade I team-taught a course on Contemporary Moral Problems
with a prominent philosopher of language. He argued the liberal side of
each issue; I argued the conservative side. I had no shortage of
philosophical material on which to rely. He and I both assumed, since
liberalism is supposedly the position that informed, intelligent people
occupy, that there were similar philosophical foundations for
liberalism. We were both astounded that there were not. For someone who
seeks to be a liberal, but not a totalitarian, there is Rousseau, on one
interpretation of his thought. And that’s about it.
Of course, there are people trying to provide such intellectual
foundations. But we were startled at how thin their theoretical
constructs really are. Any competent philosopher can think of a dozen
serious objections to Rawls before breakfast, even on hearing his views
for the first time:
We base our conception of justice on what people would do if in some
hypothetical situation satisfying certain constraints? Really? The
actual circumstance, the actual history, what people actually want and
need—these don’t matter at all? Why that hypothetical situation, anyway?
Why those constraints? Would people really reach agreement? Would they
even individually come to any “reflective equilibrium” at all? And why
would people choose those principles of justice? Is there actually any
research indicating that people would choose those principles? People
would divide liberties into basic ones, which matter, and others, which
don’t? Everything in the end rests on the welfare of the least
advantaged in society? Who’s that? Mental patients and prisoners,
probably. So, we’re to judge a society solely on how it treats its
mental patients and prisoners? And the welfare of everyone else in
society ought to be sacrificed to improve their lot even a tiny bit? Why
think, moreover, that liberalism maximizes the welfare of the least
advantaged?
Rawls speaks as if well-being is static, as if we can speak simply of
what happens at some equilibrium state without worrying about dynamic
aspects of the economy or of a person’s life trajectory. But that leads
him to confuse well-being at a moment with well-being over a life. An
extensive welfare state might maximize the well-being of the least
advantaged at the lowest points of their life trajectories without
thereby maximizing their long-term well-being. In fact, preventing
people from experiencing real lows might undermine their well-being as
measured over a life.
I don’t mean to pick on Rawls especially; the same is true of other
liberal theorists. Their theoretical constructs don’t connect with
deep-seated features of human nature or of human societies. Their
theoretical assumptions seem arbitrary and open to overwhelming
objections.
That’s why most liberals can’t conduct political discussions at a very
high level. They have no one to read who can give them an intellectual
foundation for their political views. They therefore have no way to
justify their claims that taxes on the wealthy are too low, or that
health care, or contraceptives, or anything else ought to be provided as
a matter of right, or that our current welfare system is too stingy,
etc. Still less do they have any theoretical basis on which rest foreign
policy decisions.
As I figured, the appointment of Rep. Tim Scott to fill departing South
Carolina Sen. Jim DeMint's seat has caused some liberals to become a tad
unhinged.
Enter Adolph L. Reed Jr., a political science professor at the
University of Pennsylvania. And the editors of the op-ed page at the New
York Times, which ran a Reed piece about Scott that was about as close
to an ad hominem attack as they come.
To Reed's credit, he didn't resort to the typical language liberals have
come to love -- Uncle Tom, sellout, Sambo, handkerchief head -- when
describing black conservatives and Republicans (Scott is both). But he
did call Scott a "cynical token."
In Reedworld -- and the world of liberals, black and white -- all black
Republicans these days are "tokens." And I'm not misquoting the man.
"... (M)odern black Republicans have been more tokens than signs of progress," Reed wrote.
I'm assuming Reed meant black Republicans that have been either elected
or appointed to public office. That's where he made his first mistake.
Does Reed seriously believe that rank-and-file black Republicans, those
that joined the party because they find it more to their liking than the
Democratic Party, are tokens too? Did Reed even talk to any
rank-and-file black Republicans before writing his piece?
I suspect not, because I have a hunch that Reed doesn't even know any
black Republicans. He hasn't a clue about why some blacks would want to
join a "racist" party.
Reed didn't come out and call the Republican Party racist, but he sure as heck strongly hinted at it, with this sentence:
"I suspect that appointments like Mr. Scott's are directed less at
blacks -- whom they know they aren't going to win in any significant
numbers -- than at whites who are inclined to vote Republican but don't
want to have to think of themselves, or be thought of by others, as
racist."
And I suspect that Reed is totally unaware that Republicans -- white,
black, Asian, Latino -- don't think of themselves as any more racist
than Democrats think of themselves as racist.
Here's Reed's real problem with Scott's appointment: It has nothing to
do with "cynical tokenism." It has more to do with the fact that such
appointments show Democrats to be the lying liars they are when they
claim the Republican Party is racist.
"All four black Republicans who have served in the House since the
Reagan era -- Gary A. Franks in Connecticut, J.C. Watts Jr. in Oklahoma,
Allen B. West in Florida and Mr. Scott -- were elected from
majority-white districts," Reed wrote, completely unaware of the foot he
was about to shove in his mouth or that he was about to tear to shreds
his own claim about Republican "racism."
Just who are the real racists here, Mr. Reed? White Republican voters
who don't hesitate to vote for a black candidate? Those white
Republicans Reed was so quick to dismiss as racist clearly looked at the
qualifications of a Gary Franks, a J.C. Watts, an Allen West and a Tim
Scott and voted accordingly.
Black Democrats, on the other hand, rarely elect nonblacks to the House
of Representatives from predominantly black districts. And white
Democratic voters, as National Journal's Josh Kraushaar observed after
the 2010 election, had proven less likely than white Republican voters
to nominate and elect blacks and Hispanics in majority-white districts
and states.
Here's Reed's second problem with Scott: The new senator from South Carolina doesn't think like Reed does.
"(H)is politics," Reed wrote of Scott, "are utterly at odds with the
preferences of most black Americans. Mr. Scott has been staunchly
anti-tax, anti-union and anti-abortion."
Only in Reedworld is support for abortion a "black thang." Only in Reedworld are all blacks supposed to think alike.
My wife and I loved the two kids we had already, but they were a ton of
work! Diapers, feedings, play dates, school, homework, Cub Scouts,
soccer, ballet, etc., etc. Where would we find the time? Would we need a
bigger house? Could we ever afford to go on vacation again?
A few weeks later, I spotted a book title that piqued my interest:
"Selfish Reasons to Have More Kids," by George Mason University economic
professor Bryan Caplan. Two-hundred and forty pages of shared reading
later, and my wife was on the phone with her doctor to make No. 3
possible.
Caplan's case basically boils down to this: Too many Americans are
reluctant to have more children because we overestimate the resources
(time/money/effort) it takes to raise a happy, well-adjusted child.
Those vocabulary flashcards? Not worth it. Your son hates piano lessons?
Don't put yourself through the pain of forcing him to go. You don't
have time to cook dinner? Get takeout. And perhaps most subversively, if
you need a few minutes to compose yourself, don't be afraid to let
Cookie Monster babysit your kids for half an hour.
Its scary advice for many parents to hear, but Caplan has reams of
scientific studies to back it up. "Adoption and twin research provides
strong evidence that parents barely affect their children's prospects,"
Caplan writes.
For example, one paper he cites shows that while parents can have a
large impact on a 2-year-old's vocabulary, by the age of 12, all that
intensive training does not significantly separate them from their
uncoached peers. "Nature, not nurture, explains most family resemblance,
so parents can safely cut themselves a lot of additional slack."
Caplan's advice is not for everybody. If you love travel or live in an
expensive city, a bigger family is probably not for you. Caplan's
parenting advice probably won't work for parents with controlling
personalities either. If you think you can mold your children in your
own image, then fewer kids is probably best for you.
"Show more modesty and get more happiness," Caplan writes. "You can have
a better life and a bigger family if you admit that your kids' future
is not in your hands."
Not that Caplan advises parents to let their kids do whatever they want.
Quite the opposite. Caplan stresses that clear and consistent
discipline is not only necessary for your child's well-being, but for
any parent's sanity, as well. An unruly household where a pack of kids
ignores their parents would drive anyone crazy.
Most pro-natalist books make the case that having more children is good
for all of humanity. And "Selfish Reasons to Have More Kids" does have
one such chapter. But, as a libertarian, Caplan's book does not contain
any laundry list of government programs designed to make bigger families
more common.
Instead, Caplan's book is about how parents can learn to enjoy parenting
more. "The main lesson," Caplan writes, "is that parenting is about the
journey, not the destination."
Maybe you never met Bork, but he made your life better
Diana Furchtgott-Roth
One measure of a person's merit is how much he helps ordinary people
whom he's never met, and people far junior. By that standard, and by
many other standards, Judge Robert Bork, a former Marine who died on
Dec. 19 at the age of 85, was a man of great merit.
Newspaper stories about Bork center on his contentious congressional
hearing, where senators failed to confirm him as a Supreme Court
justice.
But most fail to mention that antitrust, the law of competitive
marketplaces, is the first area where Bork left his mark. In the 1950s,
antitrust law was a sleepy domain filled with rigid rules and
nonsensical results. Company A could not acquire Company B because of
the blind application of a formula. Often, the companies being shut out
would be small businesses run by ordinary people simply trying to
survive.
Bork revolutionized antitrust law. He was one of the first to look at
the benefits to consumers from changes in corporate structures. He used
economic tools to evaluate costs and benefits. As a result, countless
millions of Americans and American businesses benefited from a more
enlightened approach to antitrust law.
Bork did not meet these ordinary American consumers or businesses. We
did not appear in his classrooms or courtrooms. We never knew we owed
him a debt of gratitude. And Bork would never have thought that anyone
owed him a word of thanks.
He did all of this not through obscure legal writings, but through clear
and elegant prose that even ordinary Americans could have read and
understood if they had been so inclined.
It would have been understandable if Bork had little time for mere
mortals. But, as his colleague for eight years at the American
Enterprise Institute, and six years at the Hudson Institute, I can say
definitively that this was not so.
At AEI in the 1990s, Bork regularly participated in the weekly Friday
Forums, where staff would present their research to their colleagues for
discussion and critique. Bork was an enthusiastic participant, sitting
at a table with the late philosopher Irving Kristol, theologian Michael
Novak, and economists Allan Meltzer and Irwin Stelzer, and also talking
to more junior staff, such as myself.
One of Bork's interns at Hudson, Arthur Ewenczyk, said, "When the judge
heard I never had a martini, he took it upon himself to introduce me to
not one but three of D.C.'s best-mixed martinis."
Ewenczyk, now a senior at Yale Law School, continued, "He took my fellow
intern and me out to lunch at some of D.C.'s finest dining
establishments every week when we worked for him so that we would learn
to enjoy the finer things in life."
Ewenczyk was not alone. Bork loved interacting with young people. He had
trouble getting out in his last years, but one day the staff of the
Senate Judiciary Committee came to visit, bringing copies of his books
for autographs and innumerable questions. They had a spirited
conversation and stayed for dinner.
Bork remained a lifelong supporter of the Marines. Every year he
attended the annual dinner of the Navy-Marine Corps Relief Society, even
when he was in a wheelchair. On Saturday, he was laid to rest by his
fellow Marines.
Marines, consumers, people great and small -- we all have been helped by
Judge Bork. Most of us never knew it, much less thanked him. He made
life better for ordinary people perfect strangers, not through any moral
calculus, but from a moral compass that needed no calculation. America
is a better nation for having had Robert Bork, and our loss is great.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
26 December, 2012
A party that doesn't think with its skin
by Jeff Jacoby
SOUTH CAROLINA'S conservative Republican governor, Nikki Haley, is the
daughter of Sikh immigrants from Punjab. US Representative Tim Scott of
Charleston, a Tea Party hero who was raised in poverty by a divorced
single mother, is South Carolina's first black Republican lawmaker in
more than a century. To anyone who shares the ideals that animate modern
conservatism – limited government, economic liberty, color-blind
equality – it stands to reason that Haley and Scott are conservatives.
And their Republican affiliation should surprise no one familiar with
the GOP's long history as the party of minority civil rights.
But many people aren't familiar with that history. So relentlessly have
liberal propagandists played the race card over the years that virtually
anything conservatives or Republicans do – from opposing Obamacare to
tweaking the president's fondness for golf -- somehow gets twisted into
proof of racial malice. So when Haley announced last week that she would
appoint Scott to the US Senate seat being vacated by Jim DeMint, who is
leaving to take a job at the Heritage Foundation, I indulged in a bit
of preemptive snark.
"An Indian-American governor appoints an African-American to the US
Senate," I posted on Twitter. "Man, that lily-white GOP racism never
ends, does it?"
On being sworn in, Scott will become the Senate's only sitting black
member and the first from the South since the 1880s. Indeed he'll be
just the seventh black senator in the nation's history; three of the
others, including Edward Brooke of Massachusetts, were also Republican.
Haley, meanwhile, is one of only two Indian-Americans ever elected
governor (the other is Louisiana's Bobby Jindal, a fellow Republican).
For anyone who esteems racial and ethnic diversity, this has to be a
good-news story. Could even the most determined racial McCarthyists find
reasons to decry Scott's appointment?
Of course they could.
"Tokens. That's all they are," one Twitter user promptly replied to my
tweet. Remarked another: "The man's race may be inconvenient for the
Repubs, but he's a teabagger like them so they'll ignore it." Twitter
users elsewhere smeared Scott as an "Uncle Tom" and a "house Negro."
In fairness, on Twitter anyone can pop off about anything. What about more serious venues?
Well, the NAACP – which used to be a serious organization – promptly let
it be known that while it was glad to see "more integration" in
Congress, it disliked Scott's "record of opposition to civil rights
protection and advancing those real issues of concern of the …
African-American community." Does the NAACP really believe that Johnson
opposes black civil rights? A ludicrous canard. Then again, so was its
absurd resolution two years ago denouncing the Tea Party movement as a
platform for "anti-Semites, racists and bigots."
Writing Wednesday in The New York Times, University of Pennsylvania
political scientist Adolph Reed Jr. was in a similar froth, slamming
Scott because he doesn't think with his skin. "His politics, like those
of the archconservative Supreme Court justice Clarence Thomas, are
utterly at odds with the preferences of most black Americans." Scott has
no legitimate connection to "mainstream black politics," Reed scoffed.
He's just another "cynical token" – one more black Republican elected to
Congress from a majority-white district.
It's an old story by now, this venomous lashing-out at blacks and other
minorities who embrace conservative or Republican values. It especially
infuriates the Democratic left to see the enthusiasm black conservatives
inspire among Republicans. Far from celebrating the fact that
minorities can demonstrate appeal across the political spectrum, the
left whips out the race card. The rise of black Republican leaders, they
say, is just a thin disguise for GOP racism. Yet if Republicans oppose a
black Democratic leader, they call that racism too.
Perhaps historical guilt feelings explain this reflexive racial
demagoguery. For a very long time the Democratic Party was a bulwark of
American racism – it was the party that defended slavery; that fought
the 13th, 14th, and 15th Amendments; that founded the Ku Klux Klan; that
enacted Jim Crow segregation; that opposed anti-lynching laws. Could it
be the psychological weight of such a record that leads so many
Democrats and their allies today to promiscuously impute racism to their
political opponents? Above all, to their black political opponents?
"I'm a black Republican," Scott says serenely . "Some people think of
that as zany – that a black person would be a conservative. But to me
what is zany is any person – black, white, red, brown or yellow – not
being a conservative." If the accusation is that he doesn't think with
his skin, Scott seems happy to plead guilty as charged.
Merry Christmas to the Fourth Estate! Hope you've enjoyed your goose or
turkey or whatever your family tradition includes (latkes for those who
are Jewish). When you return to work, there are a few loose ends on
which you might want to follow up.
"Follow up." It's a term that has gone out of style in the age of Obama.
You members of the press have become remarkably uncurious since he's
been in the White House. A blanket of benevolent uncuriousness smothers
news about Obama administration wrongdoing.
The Secretary of State, who took "full responsibility" for the Benghazi
debacle, has not once been publicly questioned about it. Called to
testify before a House committee this week, she pleaded illness -- a
fall resulting in a concussion. She says she will testify in January.
Perhaps members of Congress will ask what the press has not. Who made
the decision to deny the requested additional security to our diplomats?
Where is a copy of the order President Obama says he issued requiring
that "everything possible" be done to save our personnel who were under
attack? (Former Assistant Secretary of Defense Bing West notes that such
orders are always written down.) Were Navy seals stationed in Benghazi
told to "stand down" rather than render assistance? Who told Susan Rice
to say that the attack grew out of a protest, when there was no protest?
Speaking of that non-existent protest, isn't anyone even a little
uncomfortable at the spectacle of the United States government arresting
a guy for making a video (however "crude and offensive")? On orders of
this administration, an FBI team descended upon and locked up Nakoula
Basseley Nakoula. He may be a petty criminal and an idiot, but that's
not the point. Aren't members of press sensitive about infringements of
the First Amendment? Besides, what sort of message does it send to
extremists around the globe when the U.S. cracks down on expressions of
"blasphemy" toward Mohammed? Won't they congratulate themselves on
intimidating us?
You may want to ask. Just saying.
Oh, and here's something else you forgot to be inquisitive about. An
unpaid intern working in the office of Democratic New Jersey Senator
Robert Menendez (who was reelected on Nov. 6) was arrested on Dec. 6. It
seems the 18-year-old illegal immigrant from Peru (who helped the
senator on immigration issues!) was a registered sex offender. ICE knew
about him, but he was repeatedly told by higher ups at DHS, according to
a government source, to delay the arrest until after the election. If
true, that's a remarkable politicization of law enforcement. So far, one
"no comment" from a government official has sufficed to quiet your
inquiries.
During the campaign (we learned after the election), the Obama
administration undertook to devise guidelines for the use of unmanned
aerial vehicles or drones. "There was a concern that the levers might no
longer be in our hands," an official told The New York Times. In other
words, a Republican president would need guidelines for the use of
Hellfire missiles, but with President Obama in the White House,
safeguards are unnecessary. His unerring judgment is all that's
required. The president has presided over the deaths of an estimated
2,500 individuals -- including some American citizens -- through the
drone program of targeted assassinations. Isn't the press interested in
what sort of guidelines the administration recommends imposing on its
successor? On itself? Oh, wait, with the election safely past, the
guidelines are on hold.
Finally, this isn't a scandal, an abuse of power, or an example of
hypocrisy, but it's such a blatant display of moral confusion that it
begs for questioning. The Syrian dictator Bashar Assad, (about whom the
next secretary of state was so wrong), has killed roughly 25,000
civilians and uprooted 1.2 million more. Human Rights Watch reported
that there are 27 known torture centers run by the Syrian military. Yet
the president has said that only the use of chemical weapons represents a
"red line" that Syria must not cross. "If you make the tragic mistake
of using these weapons," he warned earlier this month, "there will be
consequences and you will be held accountable." Question: Doesn't that
mean that Assad will not be held accountable for the rest? What is the
logic of that?
In a recent issue of New Oxford Review, Andrew Seddon ("The New Atheism:
All the Rage") describes a "Reason Rally" in Washington, D.C., a
"coming out" event sponsored by atheist groups. Among the speakers was
Oxford biologist Richard Dawkins, author of "The God Delusion," who
claims that "faith is an evil precisely because it requires no
justification and brooks no argument."
Christians have been infected by a "God virus," says Dawkins. They are
no longer rational beings. Atheists should treat them with derisory
contempt. "Mock Them!" Dawkins shouted. "Ridicule them! In public!"
In "The End of Faith," atheist Sam Harris wrote that "some propositions
are so dangerous that it may even be ethical to kill people."
"Since the New Atheists believe that religion is evil," notes Seddon,
"that it 'poisons everything,' in (Christopher) Hitchens' words -- it
doesn't take much effort to see that Harris is referring to religions
and the people who follow them."
Now since atheists are still badly outnumbered in America and less
well-armed than the God-and-Country boys, and atheists believe this is
the only life they have, atheist suggestions to "kill people" of
Christian belief is probably a threat Christians need not take too
seriously.
With reference to Dawkins' view that the Christian faith "requires no
justification and brooks no argument," Seddon makes a salient point.
While undeniable that Christianity entails a belief in the supernatural,
the miraculous -- God became man that first Christmas, Christ raised
people from the dead, rose himself on the first Easter Sunday and
ascended into heaven 40 days later -- consider what atheists believe.
They believe that something came out of nothing, that reason came from
irrationality, that a complex universe and natural order came out of
randomness and chaos, that consciousness came from non-consciousness and
that life emerged from non-life.
This is a bridge too far for the Christian for whom faith and reason
tell him that for all of this to have been created from nothing is
absurd; it presupposes a Creator.
Atheists believe, Seddon writes, that "a multiverse (for which there is
no experimental or observational evidence) containing an inconceivably
large number of universes spontaneously created itself."
Yet, Hitchens insists, "our belief is not a belief."
Nonsense. Atheism requires a belief in the unbelievable.
Christians believe Christ could raise people from the dead because he is
God. That is faith. Atheists believe life came out of non-life. That,
too, is faith. They believe in what their god, science, cannot
demonstrate, replicate or prove. They believe in miracles but cannot
identify, produce or describe the miracle worker.
At Christmas, pray for Hitchens, Harris, Dawkins and the other lost souls at that Reason Rally.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
25 December, 2012
Obama Saves Earth From Apocalypse: What's Next?
As we celebrate our narrow escape from the Mayan-Republican Apocalypse
of December 21, 2012, the American media is living up to its reputation
as the people's fearless truth-teller, by correctly attributing our
miraculous collective salvation to Barack Obama. The consensus among the
media experts and celebrities can be best expressed by this unbiased
quote from CNN: "If you don't think Obama is god, you're just stupid."
According to an ancient prophecy, the Mayan calendar would end on
12/21/2012 with a big comet (or other large-caliber assault weapon that
the NRA protects from government control) falling off a physical cliff
and striking the United States in karmic retaliation for Bush's tax cuts
and suppression of undocumented Mayan voters in swing states. Some
experts estimated that, in addition to total death and destruction, this
could result in the loss of all accrued Social Security benefits and
free government-mandated health care, as well as a severe climate change
as the planet would burn to a crisp.
As the dreaded date approached, the media downplayed the Doomsday
prediction as some authentic New Age gibberish propagated by people
using medical marijuana for non-medicinal purposes. Such moral and
intellectual guidance helped to stave off panic among the middle class
working families, which could lead to a scarcity of wait staff at
bistros that media personalities patronize. Privately, however, they
realized that the prophecy was true and that we were all doomed.
But, as members of the fourth estate heroically passed their final hours
feasting on wine and cheese while cursing people who disagreed with
them on Twitter, something wonderful happened: NOTHING! It was like the
fiscal cliff negotiations writ large.
Suddenly, as if by magic, all top-shelf, professional, state-accredited
journalists across the nation knew the truth: the reason for both
nothings were the actions of president Obama.
As skeptics and other racists predictably question Obama's divine
intervention, the media's answer to their conspiracy theories is clear:
it's December 22nd and we are all here, aren't we? The world, including
GM, is still alive - and Bin Laden is still deader than the majority of
Chicago voters. What more proof do you need?
Razib Khan, a Bangladeshi Muslim by birth, reflects on the “Asian
quota” in Ivy League admissions revealed by the surveys of Ron Unz. He
is impressed by how much important knowledge in America is unspoken, or
at least not public
I commend you to read Austin Bramwell’s perspective in the Top of the
Class, where he outlines exactly how elite prep schools cooperate with
the admissions offices of Ivy League universities to perpetuate the
pipeline which maintains the generations of the customary American
gentry (of which he is a member).
Institutions like Harvard exist to shape the nature of the American
ruling class. It makes sense that they would be keen toward particular
demographic considerations. I am personally not particularly pleased as
the prospect of racial quotas, but then again my image of an “elite
university” is that it should be elite in scholarly terms, rather than
as a finishing school for the next generation of America’s rulers (and I
have no interest in the types of demographic diversity which are of
concern for most). But I am not the dictator of this world, and I am
rather confident that no matter what the Supreme Court rules in the near
future, a de facto quota system will continue, with some marginal
modifications, at private universities for the indefinite future. The
American ruling class, whether it be intellectuals, politicians, or
corporate executives, favors some form of affirmative action and
diversity, and I am convinced that they will get their way, no matter
legal obstacles or populist sentiments.
Reality is what it is, and it is on the matter of transparency, and
explicit comprehension, where I think we need to make our stand. There
are many people who have long been aware of the “Asian quota,” or the
fact that “holistic admissions” serve to allow particular universities
to modulate their demographic outcomes appropriately. But not everyone
is aware of this. I am thinking, for example, of a friend who was raised
by a single mother. He happens to be 1/4 Asian in ancestry, and when
applying to elite private universities he made sure to put “Asian” as
his race, under the false assumption that being a minority would aid his
chances of admission. Raised by a white single mother he was not in a
milieu where the “real rules” on what counts, and doesn’t count, as a
minority, were understood. We live in a system where the child of Korean
shopkeepers is not an underrepresented minority, while the child of a
Venezuelan doctor most certainly is.
Similarly, when elites talk about “diversity,” it is implicitly clear
that this alludes to very particular and specific demographic
diversities. Race, sex, and the reality of some ancestry derived from
Latin America most certainly. Our modern elites may give a rhetorical
nod to socioeconomic diversity, but there will never be any substantive
action in this direction which might jeopardize the chances of their own
children ascending the ladders of power. The extant scholarship on
elite university admissions suggests that non-Hispanic whites who are
below the middle class are extremely underrepresented at elite private
institutions, but there is no prospect to my knowledge that this deficit
in the texture of the future ruling classes will be addressed. This is
just understood by all who count, and requires no great public
discussion.
Success in life in the United States today demands that you understand
the implicit and subtextual filaments which thread their way through the
American cultural landscape. My daughter is an Asian American because
her father is an Asian American (thanks to the reclassification of South
Asians as Asian Americans in 1980). But the reality is that her
physical appearance strongly favors her Northern European heritage. With
that in mind we quite consciously gave her a series of names which
allowed her own ethnic identity to be optional and situational. As I
have no great emotional interest or preoccupation with collective
identities I feel no pang of guilt or regret about this.
The world is a bureaucratic machine, and there are those born who
understand that the machine must be manipulated, and those who allow
themselves to be tossed about by its machinations. If you don’t have a
cynicism and mercenary attitude toward the machine, you will be consumed
by it. The children of the American elite take the machinery for
granted by dint of the implicit cultural wisdom they receive with their
mother’s milk. The machine will always load the die so as to favor then.
Those who are outside can only even the odds through information, and
being better than those who are to the American manor born.
The old man sat in his gas station on a cold Christmas Eve. He hadn't
been anywhere in years since his wife had passed away. It was just
another day to him. He didn't hate Christmas, just couldn't find a
reason to celebrate. He was sitting there looking at the snow that had
been falling for the last hour and wondering what it was all about when
the door opened and a homeless man stepped through.
Instead of throwing the man out, Old George as he was known by his
customers, told the man to come and sit by the heater and warm up.
"Thank you, but I don't mean to intrude," said the stranger. "I see
you're busy, I'll just go."
"Not without something hot in your belly." George said.
He turned and opened a wide mouth Thermos and handed it to the stranger.
"It ain't much, but it's hot and tasty. Stew ... Made it myself. When
you're done, there's coffee and it's fresh."
Just at that moment he heard the "ding" of the driveway bell. "Excuse
me, be right back," George said. There in the driveway was an old '53
Chevy. Steam was rolling out of the front.. The driver was panicked.
"Mister can you help me!" said the driver, with a deep Spanish accent.
"My wife is with child and my car is broken." George opened the hood. It
was bad. The block looked cracked from the cold, the car was dead.
"You ain't going in this thing," George said as he turned away.
"But Mister, please help ..." The door of the office closed behind
George as he went inside. He went to the office wall and got the keys to
his old truck, and went back outside. He walked around the building,
opened the garage, started the truck and drove it around to where the
couple was waiting. "Here, take my truck," he said. "She ain't the best
thing you ever looked at, but she runs real good."
George helped put the woman in the truck and watched as it sped off into
the night. He turned and walked back inside the office. "Glad I gave
'em the truck, their tires were shot too. That 'ol truck has brand new
." George thought he was talking to the stranger, but the man had gone.
The Thermos was on the desk, empty, with a used coffee cup beside it.
"Well, at least he got something in his belly," George thought.
George went back outside to see if the old Chevy would start. It cranked
slowly, but it started. He pulled it into the garage where the truck
had been. He thought he would tinker with it for something to do.
Christmas Eve meant no customers. He discovered the the block hadn't
cracked, it was just the bottom hose on the radiator. "Well, shoot, I
can fix this," he said to himself. So he put a new one on.
"Those tires ain't gonna get 'em through the winter either." He took the
snow treads off of his wife's old Lincoln. They were like new and he
wasn't going to drive the car anyway.
As he was working, he heard shots being fired. He ran outside and beside
a police car an officer lay on the cold ground. Bleeding from the left
shoulder, the officer moaned, "Please help me."
George helped the officer inside as he remembered the training he had
received in the Army as a medic. He knew the wound needed attention.
"Pressure to stop the bleeding," he thought. The uniform company had
been there that morning and had left clean shop towels. He used those
and duct tape to bind the wound. "Hey, they say duct tape can fix
anythin'," he said, trying to make the policeman feel at ease.
"Something for pain," George thought. All he had was the pills he used
for his back. "These ought to work." He put some water in a cup and gave
the policeman the pills. "You hang in there, I'm going to get you an
ambulance."
The phone was dead. "Maybe I can get one of your buddies on that there
talk box out in your car." He went out only to find that a bullet had
gone into the dashboard destroying the two way radio.
He went back in to find the policeman sitting up. "Thanks," said the
officer. "You could have left me there. The guy that shot me is still in
the area."
George sat down beside him, "I would never leave an injured man in the
Army and I ain't gonna leave you." George pulled back the bandage to
check for bleeding. "Looks worse than what it is. Bullet passed right
through 'ya. Good thing it missed the important stuff though. I think
with time your gonna be right as rain."
George got up and poured a cup of coffee. "How do you take it?" he asked.
"None for me," said the officer..
"Oh, yer gonna drink this. Best in the city. Too bad I ain't got no donuts." The officer laughed and winced at the same time.
The front door of the office flew open. In burst a young man with a gun.
"Give me all your cash! Do it now!" the young man yelled. His hand was
shaking and George could tell that he had never done anything like this
before.
"That's the guy that shot me!" exclaimed the officer.
"Son, why are you doing this?" asked George, "You need to put the cannon away. Somebody else might get hurt."
The young man was confused. "Shut up old man, or I'll shoot you, too. Now give me the cash!"
The cop was reaching for his gun. "Put that thing away," George said to the cop, "we got one too many in here now."
He turned his attention to the young man. "Son, it's Christmas Eve. If
you need money, well then, here. It ain't much but it's all I got. Now
put that pea shooter away."
George pulled $150 out of his pocket and handed it to the young man,
reaching for the barrel of the gun at the same time. The young man
released his grip on the gun, fell to his knees and began to cry. "I'm
not very good at this am I? All I wanted was to buy something for my
wife and son," he went on. "I've lost my job, my rent is due, my car got
repossessed last week."
George handed the gun to the cop. "Son, we all get in a bit of squeeze
now and then. The road gets hard sometimes, but we make it through the
best we can."
He got the young man to his feet, and sat him down on a chair across
from the cop. "Sometimes we do stupid things." George handed the young
man a cup of coffee. "Bein' stupid is one of the things that makes us
human. Comin' in here with a gun ain't the answer. Now sit there and get
warm and we'll sort this thing out."
The young man had stopped crying. He looked over to the cop. "Sorry I shot you. It just went off. I'm sorry officer."
"Shut up and drink your coffee " the cop said.
George could hear the sounds of sirens outside. A police car and an
ambulance skidded to a halt. Two cops came through the door, guns drawn.
"Chuck! You ok?" one of the cops asked the wounded officer.
"Not bad for a guy who took a bullet. How did you find me?"
"GPS locator in the car. Best thing since sliced bread. Who did this?" the other cop asked as he approached the young man.
Chuck answered him, "I don't know. The guy ran off into the dark. Just dropped his gun and ran."
George and the young man both looked puzzled at each other.
"That guy work here?" the wounded cop continued.
"Yep," George said, "just hired him this morning. Boy lost his job."
The paramedics came in and loaded Chuck onto the stretcher. The young man leaned over the wounded cop and whispered, "Why?"
Chuck just said, "Merry Christmas boy ... and you too, George, and thanks for everything."
"Well, looks like you got one doozy of a break there. That ought to solve some of your problems."
George went into the back room and came out with a box. He pulled out a
ring box. "Here you go, something for the little woman. I don't think
Martha would mind. She said it would come in handy some day."
The young man looked inside to see the biggest diamond ring he ever saw.
"I can't take this," said the young man. "It means something to you."
"And now it means something to you," replied George. "I got my memories. That's all I need."
George reached into the box again. An airplane, a car and a truck
appeared next. They were toys that the oil company had left for him to
sell. "Here's something for that little man of yours."
The young man began to cry again as he handed back the $150 that the old man had handed him earlier.
"And what are you supposed to buy Christmas dinner with? You keep that too," George said. "Now git home to your family."
The young man turned with tears streaming down his face. "I'll be here
in the morning for work, if that job offer is still good."
"Nope. I'm closed Christmas day," George said. "See ya the day after."
George turned around to find that the stranger had returned. "Where'd you come from? I thought you left?"
"I have been here. I have always been here," said the stranger. "You say you don't celebrate Christmas. Why?"
"Well, after my wife passed away, I just couldn't see what all the
bother was. Puttin' up a tree and all seemed a waste of a good pine
tree. Bakin' cookies like I used to with Martha just wasn't the same by
myself and besides I was gettin' a little chubby."
The stranger put his hand on George's shoulder. "But you do celebrate
the holiday, George. You gave me food and drink and warmed me when I was
cold and hungry. The woman with child will bear a son and he will
become a great doctor.
The policeman you helped will go on to save 19 people from being killed
by terrorists. The young man who tried to rob you will make you a rich
man and not take any for himself. "That is the spirit of the season and
you keep it as good as any man."
George was taken aback by all this stranger had said. "And how do you know all this?" asked the old man.
"Trust me, George. I have the inside track on this sort of thing. And when your days are done you will be with Martha again."
The stranger moved toward the door. "If you will excuse me, George, I
have to go now. I have to go home where there is a big celebration
planned."
George watched as the old leather jacket and the torn pants that the
stranger was wearing turned into a white robe. A golden light began to
fill the room.
"You see, George ... it's My birthday. Merry Christmas."
"Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto me" -- Matt 25:40.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
24 December, 2012
A MERRY CHRISTMAS AND A HEALTHY NEW YEAR TO ALL THOSE WHO COME BY HERE
Only old guys wish you a healthy new year! I expect to be blogging more
or less as usual over the Christmas period -- though there may be a few
gaps. I have already had one big family celebration, which was very
enjoyable. I have family allies for my conservative views but there are
some Leftish views too. No hostility though. We manage to have perfectly
civil discussions.
*************************
We Aren't Quite as Stupid as They Think
Most politicians and many in the media truly believe we are stupid. We
are the masses. We are those meant to receive a pat on the head, an
empty promise and a warm feeling --- that leaves us empty. Trust me, I
was in this business, and while those in it now think I am not on to
them, I am. I know when I get the run-around or that pat on the head. So
let me just take some stories in the news as we end the year and apply
this concept to them.
Let's start with the story of Secretary of State Hillary Clinton's
stomach virus that led to massive dehydration that led to a fall at home
and a failure to go to the hospital with a serious concussion. Now I
have made it clear in the past that I consider former President Clinton a
roaring conservative as compared to President Obama, and I am not
accusing Secretary Clinton of lying. But the fact that hearings were to
be held on the entire Benghazi debacle, the State Department was already
set to be given blame by a White house appointed panel, and suddenly
Hillary Clinton simply could not testify -- give me a break. Do they
think we are stupid? Yes, they do.
On the subject of tragic shooting at a Connecticut elementary school,
I'm not a big on guns personally, and when I hear of these types of
senseless murders, particularly of innocent young children, I am prone
to ask questions about the sale of certain weapons and ammunition.
But as soon as I start seeing the Drudge Report carrying immediate talk
of efforts toward gun control and later see a television news bulletin
with President Obama naming Joe Biden to head up a special something or
another to deal with gun control, then I realize that once again
emotions of the moment are being manipulated by politicians. And
whatever shift in my views over gun rights that might naturally have
occurred end as I hear television news "reporters" arguing with those
opposed to changes in the law or pontificating while "reporting" the
news. Do they think we are stupid? Yes, they do.
And that, of course, leads us to the continuing "stalled" negotiations
over the "fiscal cliff." My, my, it is almost Christmas, the Senate is
going home, and the big bad speaker and President Obama are seemingly
stalled in a lockdown over spending cuts and who qualifies to be a
millionaire.
Hah, what a laugh. Make no mistake, a last-minute bill will be agreed to
before the end of the year. Special treatment will be extended to the
defense industry to avoid the dreadful cuts that would have occurred
under the automatic sequestration that otherwise would have kicked in on
Jan. 1. Unemployment benefits will be extended, and taxes for those
earning over, say, $400,000 -- or perhaps a bit more or less -- will go
up. Sounds OK, right? Again they think we are stupid.
In the process, the Republican's long-fought battle, which raised many a
penny in campaign contributions to fight the so-called "death tax,"
will be thrown right out the window. In the end, whether by January or
more likely next year, deductions and credits that have served to
stimulate the economy will be curtailed or eliminated. Who will suffer
in the long term? The answer is the integrity and word of the GOP, and
conservatives and plenty who have fought for their cause only to see
another last-minute deal that will never ever really reduce the deficit.
Oh, and by the way, the world was set to end on Dec. 21, as well. Oh,
that got plenty of media attention. And you know why? That's right, they
think we are stupid. And if I've written another version of this in
years past, blame it on stupidity!
Still obsessed with the Jews -- while real problems are ignored
More than 40,000 people have been slaughtered during the rebellion in
Syria, and the death toll rises daily. The European Union does not
appear to be particularly concerned. North Korea’s rulers have launched a
three-stage rocket, moving closer to their goal of developing a
nuclear-tipped ICBM, and they’re sharing nuclear-weapons technology with
the world’s leading sponsors of terrorism in Iran. The EU does not seem
to be worrying about that either. Israel is considering building homes
on barren hills adjacent to Jerusalem. The EU’s 27 foreign ministers
said they were “deeply dismayed” and warned Israel of unspecified
consequences if the plan is carried out.
The European Union — recent winner, I should note, of the Nobel Peace
Prize — has its priorities. So let’s talk about what the Israelis are
doing to so distress them.
The area in which Israel may build covers 4.6 square miles. For the sake
of comparison, Denver International Airport is 53 square miles. Known
as E1, this area lies within a territory that has a much older name: the
Judean Desert. Might Jews think they have a legitimate historical claim
to the Judean Desert? This question is rarely asked.
For Israeli military planners, E1’s strategic value is more germane than
its history. Developing it would help in the defense of Jerusalem, and
would connect Jerusalem to Maaleh Adumim, an Israeli town with a
population of 40,000. Media reports note that both Israelis and
Palestinians claim Jerusalem as their capital. Media reports often fail
to note that right now both Jews and Arabs live in Jerusalem — for the
most part peacefully, with both populations growing — while Hamas vows
to forcibly expel every Jew from Jerusalem. Such threats of ethnic
cleansing also do not trouble the EU much.
It has been widely reported that if Israel should build in E1, the
possibility of a two-state solution would be shattered. The New York
Times was among those reporting this but, to the paper’s credit, it
later published a correction, stating that building in E1 actually
“would not divide the West Bank in two,” nor would it cut off the West
Bank cities Ramallah and Bethlehem from Jerusalem. Anyone looking at a
map would see that.
People forget, or perhaps choose not to remember, that Israelis always
have been willing to give up land for peace, including land acquired in
defensive wars. Historically, that has not been a common practice, for a
very sound reason: Aggression can be deterred only if it carries
substantial risk. Nevertheless, Israelis gave up Gaza and the Sinai, and
have offered to give up more land — at least 97 percent of the West
Bank, retaining only those areas absolutely necessary for national
security.
Israelis do want something in exchange: an end to the long conflict they
have been fighting against those who insist that the Jewish people,
uniquely, has no right to self-determination, no right to independence,
no right to self-rule within their ancient and ancestral homeland.
What Israelis have received instead: missile and terrorist attacks and,
last week, Hamas leader Khaled Mashaal at a rally in Gaza proclaiming
that “jihad,” armed struggle, will continue until Israel is defeated,
conquered, and replaced — every square mile — by an Islamist theocracy.
“Since Palestine is ours, and it is the land of the Arabs and Islam,” he
said, “it is unthinkable that we would recognize the legitimacy of the
Israeli occupation of it. . . . Let me emphasize that we adhere to this
fundamental principle: We do not recognize Israel . . . The Palestinian
resistance will crush it and sweep it away, be it Allah’s will.” He
added: “We will free Jerusalem inch by inch, stone by stone. Israel has
no right to be in Jerusalem.”
Within the EU there was a debate about whether to comment on that.
Eventually, pressure from Germany and the Czech Republic led the EU to
issue a mild rebuke to Hamas — a single paragraph in a three-page
statement focusing on Israel’s “dismaying” behavior.
Mahmoud Abbas, regarded as a moderate Palestinian leader, could not
bring himself to call Mashaal’s latest threats wrong — or even
unhelpful. Instead, Azzam Alahmed, a senior official in Abbas’s Fatah
organization, described Mashaal’s speech as “very positive,” because it
stressed the need for reconciliation between Hamas and Fatah. Such
reconciliation would be achieved not by Hamas softening its positions,
but by Fatah more explicitly agreeing that Israel’s extermination —
rather than a two-state solution — remains the Palestinian goal, the
final solution, if you will.
Just after the conclusion of the truce halting the most recent
Hamas/Israel battle, Abbas went to the U.N. General Assembly to request
that Palestine be recognized as a “non-member state.” The outcome was
never in doubt — the UNGA, which cannot with a straight face be
described as a deliberative body, has a reflexively anti-Israeli
majority. Abbas’s action was a blatant violation of the Oslo Accords,
under which any change in the Palestinians’ status is to come about only
through negotiations with Israel.
New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman laments that “the Europeans in
general, and the European left in particular, have so little influence”
in Israel. He is puzzled as to why that is. He insists that “it’s
incumbent on every Israeli leader to test, test and test again — using
every ounce of Israeli creativity — to see if Israel can find a
Palestinian partner for a secure peace.” Only by so doing, he adds, can
Israel “have the moral high ground in a permanent struggle.”
If “creative” Israelis were to find such a partner, would Friedman be
able to arrange a life-insurance policy for him? And between those
threatening their neighbors with genocide — which is, indisputably, what
Hamas is doing — and those offering to negotiate peace with their
neighbors — which is what Israel is doing — can there really be
ambiguity about who holds the moral high ground?
Evidently, there can — at least for Friedman and the EU and, I’m afraid,
lots of other folks around the world. Israelis, and their few friends,
may just have to learn to live with that as best they can.
Anything that will feed their hate they love -- even if it means they have to live in the past -- JR
Jonah Goldberg
When will liberals stop living in the past? Specifically, when will they
accept that they aren't all that stands between a wonderful, tolerant
America and Jim Crow?
I was in the room when, during the Democratic convention, civil rights
hero John Lewis suggested that Republicans wanted to "go back" to the
days when black men like him could be beaten in the street by the
enforcers of Jim Crow. I thought it an outrageous and disgusting bit of
demagoguery. The audience of Democratic delegates cheered in a riot of
self-congratulation.
It's bizarre. I spend most of my time talking or listening to fellow
conservatives, and I never hear anybody talk about wanting anything of
the sort. But to listen to liberals, that's all we care about.
Toward the end of the presidential campaign, various liberal pundits -- a
great many of them born after the signing of the Civil Rights Act --
thought it a brilliant and damning indictment to note that Mitt Romney
ran strong in states that once comprised the Confederacy. When Barack
Obama won, Jon Stewart conceded that at least Romney won "most of the
Confederacy."
These states committed the obvious sin of voting Republican while the president was black.
Just this week, in an essay for the New York Times, Adolph Reed attacked
South Carolina Gov. Nikki Haley -- the first female Indian American
governor in America -- for appointing Rep. Tim Scott to retiring Sen.
Jim DeMint's seat. Scott is a black man and a conservative Tea Party
favorite.
So obviously, this is a very clever ploy to restore Jim Crow.
"Just as white Southern Democrats once used cynical manipulations --
poll taxes, grandfather clauses, literacy tests -- to get around the
15th Amendment," Reed writes, "so modern-day Republicans have deployed
blacks to undermine black interests."
That's it exactly. Indeed, that's what the Tea Party was always about: undermining black interests.
When Herman Cain -- another inconveniently black man -- was the
overwhelming preference among Tea Party activists for the Republican
presidential nomination, a historian writing in The New York Times
suggested that Cain could be seen as proof the legacy of the Ku Klux
Klan lives on.
You know you've been pounding a square peg into a round hole for too
long when you find yourself insinuating that a black man from Georgia
represents the KKK tradition in contemporary politics.
More recently, liberal writers apparently convinced themselves that
Republican opposition to Susan Rice becoming the next secretary of state
was payback for the Emancipation or something.
"Angry over the reelection of the nation's first black president,"
vented a writer for The American Prospect, "a handful of old white
senators -- one of whom hails from the cradle of the Confederacy --
launch hysterical and dishonest attacks on ... a well-qualified African
American woman."
The Washington Post editorial board connected the dots, too, finding it
important to note that of the Republican legislators expressing their
reservations about Rice, "nearly half are from states of the former
Confederacy."
Of course, the same racist representatives of Dixie also thought it fine
to confirm Colin Powell and Condoleezza Rice for the same job.
It's like a metastasizing cancer of delusion. Jim Sleeper, a lecturer at
Yale and once a relatively sober-minded liberal writer, insists that
opposition to gun control has something to do with the segregationist
mind-set. Or something.
To watch MSNBC is to think the hosts see themselves as the official newsletter of the Underground Railroad.
Sure, there are racists in the Republican Party. (There are some in the
Democratic Party, too.) And if you define racism as disagreeing with the
Congressional Black Caucus or Barack Obama, the GOP is racist to the
bone.
But the inconvenient truth is that conservatives are not only not
racist, they aren't a fraction as obsessed with race as liberals are.
Of course, that lack of obsession is no doubt itself proof of conservative racism. And why shouldn't it be? Everything else is.
Schools claim “major victory” after contraception mandate ruling:
"Two religious-affiliated colleges claimed a 'major victory' Tuesday
after a federal appeals court ordered the Obama administration to verify
that it is revising the so-called contraception mandate in ObamaCare.
The decision out of the D.C. Court of Appeals effectively reinstated a
challenge that had been dismissed by lower courts. Wheaton College and
Belmont Abbey College were arguing against the federal healthcare
overhaul rule that requires employers to provide access to contraceptive
care. The Becket Fund for Religious Liberty, which has represented
several plaintiffs challenging the rule, hailed the court decision."
SPLC attacks dangerous extremists:
"The Southern Poverty Law Center, the thought-control outfit by which
millionaire Morris Dees terrifies old ladies into sending him their
Social Security checks, is an important arm of the regime. Its targets
often include quite despicable people, but just as often seem to include
normal Americans whose views happen to fall outside the three-by-five
card of acceptable opinion as defined by the New York Times. ... This
time the target is anarcho-capitalists, who are evidently on the verge
of taking over this here country, and who hold the dangerous view that
no one should initiate violence against anyone else."
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
23 December, 2012
Socialism: Lubos Motl, a young Czech astrophysicist, nails it
Today, the Japanese voters ended a ludicrous 3-year-long experiment with
the left-wing politicians at the top that began in 2009, after decades
of right-wing governments that were able to rebuild Japan after the loss
in the world war and bring its economy to the #2 spot.
Shinzo Abe of the LDP will return to the chair of the prime minister;
the DPJ socialists have lost approximately 3/4 of their seats gained in
2009. The voters realized that the leftists emit lots of big words and
promises but they're just dirty lies. Of course, the leftists faced some
event they couldn't quite have influenced – e.g. the tsunami or the
fact that China surpassed Japan as the world's #2 economy (probably a
coincidence) but it's clear they were bringing nothing good to the
country.
Meanwhile, France has a left-wing government that codified a
breathtaking 75 percent tax rate for the rich that should come into
force in 2 weeks. Now, would you be pleased to work hard and pay 75
percent of your income to a group of dirty gangsters who call themselves
the government? If you would, you are a psychopath; it's a kind of a
psychiatric disorder that many other people may support you in having –
for various not too mysterious reasons – but that doesn't change
anything about the fact that you're profoundly sick. ;-)
Needless to say, there are many mentally healthy people among the
wealthy Frenchmen. And you have heard their names. Many famous people
moved out of France. They include Asterix and Obelix. The first one,
Gerard Depardieu, moved to a Belgian town right behind the borders where
he pays no taxes designed for the rich. The latter, Christian Clavier,
moved to London.
Karl Lagerfeld, the German creative director of French Chanel, has
informed Mr Hollande that he (Hollande) was an idiot. It's clearly not a
terribly original insight but it may still be important for Mr Hollande
to memorize it at this stage. Alain Delon is leaving the country to
become a resident elsewhere, too. The same is true about Johnny
Hallyday, a singer. Well, that's quite a brain drain, or clown drain or
whatever is the appropriate term. ;-)
All of us understand what's going on and we don't have to use too strong
words. On the other hand, it's still interesting to ask whether these
transfers are too different from what we have known as emigration in the
socialist bloc. Hundreds of thousands of Czechoslovaks have escaped the
communist country since the coup since 1948 – for reasons that were
always a mixture of political ones and economic ones. Of course, their
separation from the homeland was "more irreversible" – although it
turned out to be reversible in many cases, after all – than it is in the
case of the French actors who may still visit France.
However, the "motivation side" of their decision isn't too different.
France is currently led by imbeciles representing jealous losers who
either don't have a clue how wealth is produced or they have a clue but
they dream about "maliciously screwing the rich", anyway. They either
don't understand that the policies will chase a part of the elite out of
country and reduce the investment and production in the country
(including the birth of culture) in general; or they don't mind. I don't
know which of those is more typical and which of them is more
justifiable and I don't really care; it wouldn't change my verdict on
these individuals (or, more precisely, mobs; I mean those that brought
Hollande to the power) much.
The Depardieu case is the most interactive one. He has upped the ante in
his battle when he threatened (or announced?) to return the French
passport. This is really getting closer to the stories of the emigrants
from the communist bloc. He has offered his explanation through the
media. He says that he has worked hard as a printer before he became an
actor. He always paid all his taxes, fulfilled all duties, loved the
French nation, but now he's so insulted that there are no doubts about
his next steps.
In 2012, he paid a 85% tax on his income. Whatever he exactly counts, it
is just insane. In the last 45 years, he has paid 145 million in taxes.
Wow. Now, he's going to be a true European, free cosmopolitan citizen.
The prime minister of France has called Depardieu "pathetic" and
"unpatriotic" because, the prime minister believes, "to pay taxes is a
patriotic act". Holy cow, please give me a break with these pathetic
pomposities; paying taxes is always just a necessary, enforced evil, not
a reason to celebrate; and a government forcing citizens to do
obviously unpleasant things and hide their unhappiness at the same
moment is intrinsically an authoritarian government. At Harvard, I was
paying at most 25% which is much less than 75% but it did make me
somewhat angry about the organized thieves at the IRS and Mass DOR,
anyway (especially because of the combination with the insane
bureaucracy and permanent retroactive harassment linked to previous
returns).
Depardieu vows to remain polite but asks the prime minister: Who are
you? I join Mr Depardieu. Who is the French prime minister? I have never
written down his name (because I don't remember what it is, even though
I could have been looking at it just 10 seconds ago) and I wouldn't
recognize his face. I can recognize Mr Depardieu but not the current
French prime minister.
Could the French prime minister please fully exploit the opportunity to
shut his arrogant socialist mouth up (or down, whatever is more
appropriate)? And to adjust his behavior according to his being the
ultimate embarrassing socialist zero that the prime minister undoubtedly
is? He hasn't contributed 1% of the things (or paid 1% of the taxes) to
France or the world that Mr Depardieu has. Still, he seems to believe
that he has not only the right to steal most of the income from Mr
Depardieu but even to be unbelievably arrogant towards Mr Depardieu.
The prime minister's behavior is what many people have called the
"arrogance of power". It may sound a bit intimidating when the prime
minister of the country where you live calls you "pathetic" just because
you don't want to do something that no sane person would want to do –
to pay 75% taxes.
JoAnn Watson, Detroit city council member, said, "Our people in an
overwhelming way supported the re-election of this president, and there
ought to be a quid pro quo." In other words, President Obama should send
the nearly bankrupted city of Detroit millions in taxpayer bailout
money. But there's a painful lesson to be learned from decades of
political hustling and counsel by intellectuals and urban experts.
In 1960, Detroit's population was 1.6 million. Blacks were 29 percent,
and whites were 70 percent. Today, Detroit's population has fallen
precipitously to 707,000, of which blacks are 84 percent and whites 8
percent. Much of the city's decline began with the election of Coleman
Young, Detroit's first black mayor and mayor for five terms, who engaged
in political favoritism to blacks and tax policies against higher
income, mostly white people. Young's successors, Dennis Archer and Kwame
Kilpatrick, followed his Third World tyrant policies, but neither had
his verbal vulgarity. Kilpatrick (2002-2008) went to jail and is on
trial today on charges of corruption. Mayor David Bing is making an
effort to revive Detroit. His problem is that he's not God.
Policies that ran whites and other more affluent people out of Detroit
might have been Young's and his successors' strategy. After all, why not
get rid of people who aren't going to vote for you anyway? The problem
is that getting rid of these people left Detroit with a lower tax base,
fewer jobs and fewer consumers. Fewer whites might be good for the
careers of black politicians, but it's not in the best interests of
ordinary blacks. Blacks have political control of Detroit, but the
relevant question is whether some control of something is better than
100 percent control of nothing. By most measures, Detroit is one of the
nation's most tragic cities, and it's mostly self-imposed.
Detroit topped Forbes magazine's 2010 list of America's Most Dangerous
Cities. That year there were 345 homicides, but that's going to be
topped with this year's 365 homicides so far. Most homicide victims in
Detroit and elsewhere are black, and 95 percent of the time their
murderers are black. But far more important to black leaders and white
liberals than blacks murdering blacks are charges of police misconduct
and racial profiling.
Detroit's predominantly black public schools are close to being the
worst in the nation, perhaps with the exception of those of Washington,
D.C. Only 4 percent of Detroit's eighth-graders scored proficient or
above on the most recent National Assessment of Education Progress
(NAEP) test, sometimes called "The Nation's Report Card." Thirty-six
percent scored basic, and 57 percent below basic. "Below basic" is when a
student is unable to demonstrate even partial mastery of knowledge and
skills fundamental for proficient work at their grade level. "Basic"
indicates only partial mastery.
Unbeknownst to most black parents is the fact that most black students
who manage to graduate from high school cannot read and compute any
better than whites four years younger and still in junior high school.
Here's a question for you: If we put a group of 100 students of any race
having an eighth-grade level of proficiency and another group of 100
students of any race with a 12th-grade level of proficiency in college,
is it reasonable to expect the first group to perform as well as the
second? On top of that, is it reasonable to expect a student of any race
to be able to make up 12 years of fraudulent K-12 education in the
space of four or five years of college?
Detroit's social pathology is seen in other cities with large black
populations such as Philadelphia, Newark, Baltimore and Chicago.
These are cities where blacks have for years dominated the political
machinery in the forms of mayors, police chiefs, superintendents of
schools and city councilmen, plus they've been Democrats. It's safe to
conclude that the focus on political power doesn't do much for ordinary
blacks.
From 1989 through 1992, I had the good fortune of visiting Poland to see
firsthand the rapid economic transformation the country was going
through in the post-Soviet era.
Just a few hundred yards away from the Parliament, near the corner of
Wiejska and Boleslawa Prusa, one could observe free market forces
asserting themselves over time. The first year, the economy had
completely collapsed amid crushing inflation.
Nonetheless, on that street corner I found a prototypical Polish butcher
with little more than a tree stump and a cleaver, cutting the meat and
selling it from the back of a dirty truck, perhaps for the first time in
his life. In the Soviet days, this man might have found himself being
shipped to a gulag in Siberia, but now, he was a small businessman and
free to engage in commerce without fear of penalty.
This was the beginning of free enterprise in Poland. The man was happy,
of course, as human nature was once again reasserting itself — that
innate desire to provide for oneself and one’s family without any need
for direction from a central authority.
Within three years, the tree stump had been converted into a full-range
butcher shop, funded by French investors, selling every type of meat
imaginable. The speed of this transformation was astounding. Each
subsequent year I visited, it was akin to observing a time series of
photographs detailing the progress that was being made economically in
the former Soviet bloc.
It has been about twenty years since I last visited Warsaw. I have no
way of knowing if the butcher shop is still there today, but what I saw
was just a microcosm of what was taking place nationally.
In fact, there was a very good reason for the rapid economic miracle
that took place in Poland following the fall of the Soviet Union.
Leszek Balcerowicz was that reason.
Throughout his term as deputy prime minister and finance minister from
1989 to 1991, Balcerowicz rapidly administered a wide ranging economic
reform package that transformed Poland almost overnight from a communist
dystopia into a relatively free market economy.
In the years that followed, Poland economically outperformed other
former Soviet satellites and even Russia with average 6.6 percent annual
growth. Inflation was crushed.
Today, Poland has weathered the financial crisis and even the meltdown of the Eurozone without falling into recession.
Under his plan, Balcerowicz allowed the Polish zloty to float freely on
currency markets. State-owned companies were dissolved — bringing an end
to Soviet-style “too big to fail”. Price controls and subsidies were
abolished. The Polish central bank was prohibited from monetizing
government debt. State spending was cut substantially, and more than 1
million government workers were laid off. Arbitrary taxes were abolished
in favor of more uniform laws.
In 1995, after his term was over, Poland expanded on the Balcerowicz
reforms by reissuing the zloty via a 10,000 to 1 redenomination. This
reduced the money supply drastically.
It is striking how these policies contrast so sharply with how the U.S.
and other advanced economies have responded to the financial crisis in
2008. They are the exact opposite of what we have done here.
Today, spending increases every year, the debt increases more than 8
percent annually while the central bank prints money to finance it.
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Sallie Mae — comprising the mortgage and
higher education lending industries — have all been nationalized.
Too big to fail was institutionalized, first via 2008 and 2009’s ad-hoc
bailouts from TARP and the Federal Reserve, and then through the
Dodd-Frank legislation by creating permanent bailout authority for
financial institutions.
The Fed under Ben Bernanke has drastically increased its balance sheet
by $2 trillion since the crisis began in Aug. 2007, and now is promising
an additional $1 trillion of quantitative easing every year perhaps for
the rest of our lifetimes.
Why do two men, Bernanke and Balcerowicz look at a very similar problem —
i.e. a national insolvency crisis — and come to such diametrically
opposed conclusions about how to solve them?
I would contend that Balcerowicz is a patriot who was looking out for
the Polish people foremost, putting the national interest first. Yes,
the spending cuts and other reforms were painful at first, but they set a
stable foundation and by 1992, robust economic growth had been
restored.
In contrast, Bernanke has put the interests of financial institutions
and their solvency first, ahead of the interests of the people, which
are not always the same thing. This was the protection of the investor
class, and banks, who were covered by government favors, meanwhile,
nationwide more than 8 million people lost their jobs.
We can compare the results of both policies with hindsight. The fact is,
even after a fantastic collapse of an entire society, a national
bankruptcy where even the government had fallen, Poland recovered in
V-shaped fashion. Former government workers eventually found jobs in the
newly created private sector.
That is not something we can claim here, where the economy is only
growing at about a 2 percent rate this year so far and 23 million people
cannot find full-time work, with another 5 million having given up.
The bailouts are prolonging the process of deleveraging (i.e. debt
repayment and default) by financial institutions. “The longer you
practice these sorts of policies, the more difficult it is to exit it.
Japan is trapped,” Balcerowicz observed in a recent interview with
Matthew Kaminski in the Wall Street Journal, noting that they forestall
necessary fiscal reforms and balance sheet repair in both the
governmental and private sectors.
As a result, ever-greater “stimulus” from the Fed is a producing less
and less economic growth, proving Balcerowicz’s approach to be the only
rational course.
While the attention of our media and national politicians remains fixed
on the small conversations between House Speaker John Boehner and the
White House, perhaps our nation should be looking at the bigger approach
that Poland took when faced with a far more serious fiscal cataclysm.
Failure to do so now may make it impossible to achieve in the future,
consigning our nation to the never-ending economic stall pattern that
Japan finds itself in.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
21 December, 2012
IQ tests are 'meaningless and too simplistic' claim researchers
This appears to have been based on an internet survey and such
surveys are notorious for giving non-representative results. A large
sample size is no substitute for representativeness
The underlying controversy, however, is as old as the hills: Should IQ
be measured as a set of subscores or as one overall score? Among
psychometricians it is known as the Spearman/Thurstone controvery and
dates back to the beginning of the last century.
The accepted answer is to present results both ways: As one overall
score plus a set of sub-scores. Results can reasonably be represented
both ways because the subscores are correlated. Knowing a person's
subscore on (say) verbal ability will give you a useful (but not of
course perfect) prediction of his mathematical ability. That has
repeatedly been demonstrated.
The novelty in the report below is that the various sub-abilities were
said to be NOT correlated -- which runs contrary to 100 years of
findings by others. I note however that the authors are more cautious in
the underlying journal article. They say:
Using simulations based on neuroimaging data, we show that the
higher-order factor “g” is accounted for by cognitive tasks corecruiting
multiple networks. Finally, we confirm the independence of these
components of intelligence by dissociating them using questionnaire
variables. We propose that intelligence is an emergent property of
anatomically distinct cognitive systems, each of which has its own
capacity.
That sounds to me as if they admit the existence of a general factor but
find that the subfactors don't all use exactly the same parts of the
brain -- which should be no surprise to anyone.
There is also a question about how comprehensive were the test items
used. Without seeing all the questions, I get the impression that a
deliberate attempt was made to find questions that would not produce
correlated results. One can ask plenty of questions not conceptually
related to intelligence and in that case intercorrelations are not be be
expected. In psychometrican's terms, the test would lack construct
validity.
The journal article is "Fractionating Human Intelligence" by Hampshire et al. I look forward to seeing a more detailed examination of the article by those who specialize in IQ studies
After conducting the largest ever study of intelligence, researchers
have found that far from indicating how clever you are, IQ testing is
actually rather ‘meaningless’.
In a bid to investigate the value of IQ, scientists asked more than
100,000 participants to complete 12 tests that required planning,
reasoning, memory and attention. They also filled in a survey on their
background.
They discovered that far from being down to one single factor, what is
commonly regarded as intelligence is influenced by three different
elements - short-term memory, reasoning, and verbal ability. But being
good at one of these factors does not mean you are going to be equally
gifted at the other two.
Scientists from Canada’s Western University in Ontario, also scanned
some of the participants’ brains while they undertook the tests.
They found that different parts of the brain were activated when they were tested on each of the three factors.
Traditional IQ tests are ‘too simplistic’, according to the research,
which found that what makes someone intelligent is too complex to boil
down to a single exam.
IQ, which stands for Intelligence Quotient, is an attempt to measure how
smart an individual is. The average IQ is 100. Mensa, the high IQ
society, only accepts individuals who score more than 148, putting them
in the top two per cent of the population.
The new study, published in the journal Neuron, suggests that intelligence is too complex to be represented by a single number.
Study leader Dr Adrian Owen, a British neuroscientists based at Western
University in Canada, said an ‘astonishing’ number of people had
contributed to the research.
‘We expected a few hundred responses, but thousands and thousands of
people took part, including people of all ages, cultures and creeds and
from every corner of the world,’ he said.
‘When you take 100,000 people and tested their brain function, we
couldn’t find any evidence for a single uniform concept of intelligence.
‘The best we could manage is get it down to three elements that
contribute to intelligence. But they are completely different factors,
unrelated to one another, and you could be brilliant at one and awful at
another. For example, the absent-minded professor.
‘IQ tests are pretty meaningless - if you are not good at them, all it proves is that you are not good at IQ tests.
'It does not say anything about your general intelligence.’ The majority
of IQ tests were developed in the 50s and 60s when the way we thought
and interacted with the world was different, said Dr Owen.
When Leftist hate takes the place of thought we get the sort of intellectual garbage below ...
Jim Sleeper, a “lecturer in political science” at Yale, wrote the following in today’s Huffington Post:
The astonishing “new normal” of heavy gunfire that took hold in
Newtown long before last week’s massacre only reinforces the parallel I
drew here last week between today’s gun enthusiasts and yesterday’s
racial segregationists.....
To understand what we’re up against here, understand that many other
gun enthusiasts think of themselves this way, too — and that they see
their critics as moralists addled by silly delusions about human nature.
They alone uphold honor against depravity: Southern segregationists
thought their way of life necessary to channel the violence at the
bottom of all society toward a safer, more stable order, refined by
codes of honor and masterful stewardship of Negroes wise enough to
accept their place in it.
Many white Americans outside the South accepted this reasoning’s
death-grip on the Congress, where long-serving Southern senators chaired
many committees. They dismissed as regrettable but necessary, and,
someday perhaps surmountable, the ranters and ravers at the fringes of
White Citizens Councils and among unruly poor whites at the fringes of
town or in the hollows beyond, and among egregious and
sometimes-embarrassing Klansmen at night and sheriffs at noon.
The apologists considered themselves as innocent of all this hatred as
today’s gun enthusiasts think themselves innocent of the gun lobby’s
death-grip on the Congress and innocent of the depredations and
confusions of Jared Loughner, George Zimmerman, Adam Lanza and the rest,
not to mention of militias camping out in the hills.
This is what passes for thought among Yale lecturers today,
is it? At least Sleeper’s disregard for constitutional originalism is
comprehensive:
As we try to free the Second Amendment of interpretations and statutory
encrustations as destructive as the Dred Scott and Plessy v. Ferguson
decisions, we’ll also have to free First Amendment of jurisprudence that
equates the speech of citizens with disembodied corporate marketing’s
algorithmically driven desperation to glue our kids’ eyeballs and rewire
their guts as it inundates them not with artists’ art, political
actors’ appeals, or real reporters’ findings but with endless, empty
titillation and intimidation for profit.
It’s something of a tactical mistake for Sleeper to include these
Supreme Court cases in his article, because anybody who bothers to look
up 1857′s Dred Scott v. Sandford decision will notice right away the
court’s awful observation that if slaves were permitted to enjoy full
citizenship rights, then they would — shock horror! — enjoy the right
“to keep and carry arms wherever they went.” This, the court thought,
would be disastrous.
The fear of blacks with guns is not, of course, new. The very first
gun-control measures in American history were designed to keep arms out
of the hands of blacks and Indians: The Massachusetts and Plymouth
colonies both prohibited the sale of guns to Indians in the early
seventeenth century, and the “Black Codes” of the mid-eighteenth century
required French colonists in Louisiana to disarm and beat “any black
carrying any potential weapon.” Many pre-Civil War state constitutions
went further, reserving the right to bear arms — which was not, as
Sleeper claims, understood as anything other than an individual right —
to “freemen,” which, naturally, meant whites. After their damnable cause
was lost, the KKK picked up and ran with disarmament as a way of
keeping blacks down. As Adam Winkler hasobserved, “gun control” was “at
the very top of its agenda.” The Democratic party’s “Black Codes,” which
barred former slaves from owning guns in the (segregated) post-bellum
South, were passed for the same purpose.
It is no accident that the first draft of the 1871 Anti-Klan Act
contained a provision that made it a federal crime to “deprive any
citizen of the United States of any arms or weapons he may have in his
house or possession for the defense of his person, family, or property,”
for that was exactly what segregationists set out to do. Robert
Franklin Williams’s classic work, Negroes with Guns, tells a tale of the
KKK’s systematic attempt to disarm black Americans — and of the
National Rifle Association’s work in forming a counter-group called the
“Black Armed Guard” — as late as the as the 1950s. As Williams points
out, it was guns in the hands of his family that saved their lives and
allowed them — literally — to fight the KKK and their allies.
Sleeper’s thinking is arse over elbow. It is gun controllers who have
historically been analogous to segregationists, and gun owners and
defenders of the Second Amendment that have been the enemy of
institutionalized racism and segregation — not the other way about. The
very purpose of slaveowners and segregationists was to deprive a whole
class of people of their unalienable liberties; the very purpose of the
NRA is to ensure that all maintain their access to them. Even as
recently as 1968, as the anti-gun Robert Sherrill admitted in his book,
The Saturday Night Special, gun control measures were a thinly veiled
attempt to disarm black people: “The Gun Control Act of 1968 was passed
not to control guns to but control blacks, and inasmuch as a majority of
Congress did not want to do the former but were ashamed to show that
their goal was the latter, the result was that they did neither. Indeed,
this law, the first gun-control law passed by Congress in thirty years,
was one of the grand jokes of our time.” Jim Sleeper’s profoundly
illiterate essay shares the same honor.
IT IS REMARKABLE how confident so many people are that they know what
causes – and just how to prevent – horrific massacres like Friday's
bloodbath at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Connecticut.
In a TV interview over the weekend, one observer insisted that the
mass-murder in Newtown was all too predictable, given America's failure
to implement an obvious and desperately overdue reform. "Should we be so
surprised that schools would become a place of carnage?" this
individual demanded, showing no hint of uncertainty about exactly what
needs to be fixed.
Who was that?
Was it Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel, amplifying his call for Congress to
take a "vote of conscience" and enact a nationwide assault-weapons ban?
Or the Washington Post's Eugene Robinson, who excoriates "the National
Rifle Association and other apologists for murder" for resisting more
aggressive gun control?
Was it Connecticut's departing senator, Joe Lieberman, resurrecting his
longtime warning that the brutality that pervades American entertainment
"does cause vulnerable young men to be more violent"? Or presidential
adviser David Axelrod, enlarging on a plea he posted on Twitter: "All
for curbing weapons of war. But shouldn't we also quit marketing murder
as a game?"
Was it Liza Long, whose blog post about her son's psychiatric problems
-- "I Am Adam Lanza's Mother" -- went viral, leading to an appearance on
NBC in which she argued that the way to deal with mass shootings is to
deal with madness of potential perpetrators: "It's easy to talk about
guns but it's time to talk about mental illness."
Was it former Education Secretary Bill Bennett, who contended on Sunday
that the most effective means to prevent Newtown-style bloodbaths might
be to ensure that school employees are armed? Was it Larry Pratt, head
of the 300,000-member Gun Owners of America, decrying gun-free zones as a
"lethal insanity" that gives homicidal gunmen an unconscionable
advantage over their victims?
In reality, it was former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, who asserted
within hours of the atrocity in Newtown that 26 innocent souls perished
because "we've systematically removed God from our schools." If only
Americans would let God in "on the front end," said Huckabee, schools
ravaged by murder wouldn't need Him so often "on the back end."
It was a graceless thing to say, and Huckabee was rightly criticized for
rushing to exploit a ghastly horror in order to promote his particular
agenda. But Huckabee was far from the only offender. In the wake of
Newtown there was no end of sanctimony from politicians and pundits who
declared not just that America must do something to avert such terrible
killings, but that they know precisely what that something is: More gun
control. Less gun control. Better screening for mental illness.
Restoration of school prayer. No media publicity for mass killers. A
crackdown on hyperviolent video games. Armed guards at schools.
How can such terrible evil be thwarted? The desperate need for answers –
better yet, for an answer – is always palpable after a Newtown, an
Aurora, a Columbine. That urge to turn back cruelty, to find effective
responses to anguish and pain, is so intensely human. The yearning for
an end to suffering runs deep in our species, and at its best has been a
powerful force for justice and progress. "We can't tolerate this
anymore," President Obama said in Connecticut on Sunday. "These
tragedies must end." At the level of heart and gut, who doesn't share
that feeling?
But tragedy will always be part of the human condition. Some evils we
can never hope to eliminate – not even with the best will in the world.
No regulation or reform can undo all homicidal insanity. Still less can
legislation guarantee universal integrity and decent character. It will
always take more than law and politics to make men and women kind,
honest, and moral.
None of the nostrums prescribed after this year's shooting rampages in
Connecticut and Colorado would guarantee that nothing like them will
ever recur. Stringent gun laws haven't prevented frightful massacres of
students in Norway, Germany, and the United Kingdom. There were mass
killings in America long before there were video games – and long before
the Supreme Court ruled prayer in public school unconstitutional.
Nightmares like the one in Newtown are rare. Yet a free society cannot
make them absolutely impossible and still remain free. Good laws can do a
lot, but they will never abolish all human evil.
How the surveillance state co-opted personal technology
Big Brother has been outsourced. The police can find out where you are,
where you’ve been, even where you’re going. All thanks to that handy
little human tracking device in your pocket: your cellphone.
There are 331 million cellphone subscriptions—about 20 million more than
there are residents—in the United States. Nearly 90 percent of adult
Americans carry at least one phone. The phones communicate via a
nationwide network of nearly 300,000 cell towers and 600,000 micro
sites, which perform the same function as towers. When they are turned
on, they ping these nodes once every seven seconds or so, registering
their locations, usually within a radius of 150 feet. By 2018 new
Federal Communications Commission regulations will require that
cellphone location information be even more precise: within 50 feet.
Newer cellphones also are equipped with GPS technology, which uses
satellites to locate the user more precisely than tower signals can.
Cellphone companies retain location data for at least a year. AT&T
has information going all the way back to 2008.
Police have not been shy about taking advantage of these data. According
to the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), U.S. law enforcement
agencies made 1.5 million requests for user data from cellphone
companies in 2011. And under current interpretations of the law, you
will never find out if they were targeting you.
In fact, police no longer even have to go to the trouble of seeking
information from your cell carrier. Law enforcement is more and more
deploying International Mobile Subscriber Identity locators that
masquerade as cell towers and enable government agents to suck down data
from thousands of subscribers as they hunt for an individual’s cell
signal. This “Stingray” technology can detect and precisely triangulate
cellphone signals with an accuracy of up to 6 feet—even inside your
house or office where warrants have been traditionally required for a
legal police search.
Law enforcement agencies prefer not to talk about cellphone tracking.
“Never disclose to the media these techniques—especially cell tower
tracking,” advises a guide for the Irvine, California, police department
unearthed by the ACLU in 2012.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
20 December, 2012
Black Nazis go too far this time
Redskins quarterback Robert Griffin III (RGIII, as he is known) has a
problem. It turns out that some black commentators, and probably some
black elites, don’t think he is black enough — because he dared to
publicly state that he didn’t want to be judged solely by his skin color
as an NFL quarterback.
Last Thursday morning on First Take, ESPN’s Rob Parker uttered a comment
for which he was later fired, although he probably only said what some
African Americans think but don’t publicly express: “My question is, and
it’s just a straight, honest question: Is he a brother, or is he a
cornball brother?”
I’d never heard the term before, so I did a quick search and landed at
UrbanDictionary.com. Here is the definition I found there: "Cornball
brother: An African-American man who chooses not to follow the
stereotype . . . life choices include marrying white women, being a
Republican, and not being ‘down with the cause.’"
UrbanDictionary also lists “corn dog brother” as a related term and
gives this example in its definition: "Leroy is a Republican who listens
to country music, enjoys golfing on weekends, and drives [an]
eco-friendly car. He is a corn dog brother."
I love it when I get an example with my definitions!
Little did Parker know, he was performing a public service by reminding
the country of the interesting concept of the not-black-enough brother.
And you wonder why there are not more black Republicans?
Things got more interesting as Parker continued his riff.
“He’s black, he does his thing, but he’s not really down with the
cause,” Parker continued. “He’s not one of us. He’s kind of black, but
he’s not really like the kind of guy you really want to hang out with.”
Parker admitted that he needed to learn more about Griffin’s personal
life before he could accept him as authentically black. “I just want to
find out about him,” he said.
It could be a comedy routine on Saturday Night Live — the notion of a
black man standing before some kind of Blackness Panel to determine if
he’s black enough. What would be the qualifications? Who would the
questioners be, and what would they ask? How would the scoring work, and
would there be a talent requirement? Singing and dancing, possibly? And
an oath of black allegiance at the end?
A comedy routine is exactly what this should be. But it is a reality
that black people face, although I hope it affects only a thin minority
of African-American commentators and elites.
But there are those words on UrbanDictionary.com, those made-up, ugly words.
“I don’t know because I keep hearing these things,” Parker explained. “We all know he has a white fiancée.”
There you have it! Exhibit A for expulsion from the Blackness Club. What
kind of authentic black man falls in love with a white woman?
“Then there was all this talk about he’s a Republican,” Parker continued. “There’s no information at all [about that].”
He is marrying a white woman, and he might be a Republican? That’s
automatic disbarment from the Blackness Club. And a lifetime pass to the
Cornball Brother Hall of Fame.
Parker finished his rant with this observation about another
not-so-black black man: “Because we did find out with Tiger Woods, Tiger
Woods was like, ‘I’ve got black skin, but don’t call me black.’ So
people got to wondering about Tiger Woods.”
Didn’t white people used to get in big trouble for this kind of backwards, exclusionary thinking?
It isn’t just athletes who face this scrutiny. And it’s not just from black sportscasters. President Obama faced it, too.
In a column called “Colorblind,” in September of 2007, Debra Dickerson,
the popular African-American columnist for Salon, explained to her large
following why she had waited so long to write about then-candidate
Obama. At the time, if you remember, the battle was between two firsts:
the first major-party female presidential nominee and the first
African-American presidential nominee.
“Which brings me to the main reason I delayed writing about Obama,”
Dickerson wrote. “For me, it was a trick question in a game I refused to
play. Since the issue was always framed as a battle between gender and
race, I didn’t have the heart (or the stomach) to point out the obvious:
Obama isn’t black.”
There goes that historic win for racial equality in 2008! Dickerson
thinks there should be an asterisk in the record books next to Obama’s
title as the first black president — because he has white blood.
Wasn’t it white racists — along with eugenicists — who deployed the “single drop” rule to perpetuate their worldview?
Colin Powell, too, came under fire for being inauthentically black.
Powell had the temerity to accept a position working for President
George W. Bush as America’s first African-American secretary of state.
Harry Belafonte lead the charge against Powell on Ted Leitner’s popular
San Diego talk show, in 2002:
There is an old saying, in the days of slavery. There were those slaves
who lived on the plantation, and there were those slaves who lived in
the house. You got the privilege of living in the house if you served
the master, do exactly the way the master intended to have you serve
him. That gave you privilege. Colin Powell is committed to come into the
house of the master, as long as he would serve the master, according to
the master’s purpose.
And you thought the Taliban was tough? These race brownshirts show
little tolerance for people who don’t meet their code of blackness, and
even less for intellectual disobedience. Their law is simple: Kiss the
ring, and behave and believe as we tell you, or face excommunication
from the race.
Belafonte had similar unkind words for Condoleezza Rice, who responded
with a simple and strong statement: “I don’t need Harry Belafonte to
tell me what it means to be black.”
Poor Condi. She was thrown out of the brotherhood and sisterhood for the role she played in a Republican administration.
And then there was Bill Cosby.
It was the NAACP’s 50th-anniversary celebration of Brown v. Board of
Education, in 2004, and Cosby had the audacity to talk about some of the
serious challenges facing African Americans, particularly in America’s
inner cities.
“Brown versus the Board of Education is no longer the white person’s
problem,” he said. “We’ve got to take the neighborhood back. We’ve got
to go in there. Just forget telling your child to go to the Peace Corps.
It’s right around the corner.”
Not exactly fighting words, you’d think. Cosby then addressed the
problems confronting black Americans: senseless black-on-black crime in
America, failing public schools that so poorly serve young black men,
and a dysfunctional welfare state.
“There’s no English being spoken, and they’re walking and they’re
angry,” he said. “Oh, God, they’re angry and they have pistols and they
shoot and they do stupid things. And after they kill somebody, they
don’t have a plan. Just murder somebody. Boom. Over what? A pizza?”
He went on to talk about the problem of illegitimacy as it affects black America:
Five or six different children, same woman, eight, ten different
husbands or whatever, pretty soon you’re going to have to have DNA cards
so you can tell who you’re making love to. You don’t know who this is.
It might be your grandmother. I’m telling you, they’re young enough.
Hey, you have a baby when you’re twelve. Your baby turns 13 and has a
baby, how old are you? Huh? Grandmother.
He closed out the speech with some words about the legacy of all of
those who fought the civil-rights battles of the 1960s: “I just want to
get you as angry as you ought to be. When you walk around the
neighborhood and you see this stuff, that stuff’s not funny. These
people are not funny anymore. And that’s not [my] brother. And that’s
not my sister.”
You would have thought Cosby would be celebrated for the speech, and for the courage it took to make it on such a big night.
But no. Out came the Blackness Panel’s chief enforcement agent. In a New
York minute — or a Philadelphia nanosecond — University of Pennsylvania
professor Michael Eric Dyson challenged not only Bill Cosby’s comments,
but Bill Cosby’s black bona fides.
“All who have made it need not have ‘Afroamnesia,’” Dyson told a
University of Michigan audience, referring to successful blacks such as
Cosby who forget where they come from. Dyson described the subsequent
speeches Cosby made in defense of his original speech as Cosby’s
“Blame-the-Poor Tour.”
Dyson even managed to mock Cosby’s successful TV series for not being
black enough. It pandered to whites, he said, because the show was about
an intact black family — father and mother together — living a
traditional, upper-middle-class life.
How utterly unblack!
Dyson wrote the book Is Bill Cosby Right? to offer a counterpoint to
Cosby’s speech. In it, he attacked Cosby’s character — and his heart.
“No matter how you judge Cosby’s comments, you can’t help but believe
that a great deal of his consternation with the poor stems from his
desire to remove the shame he feels in their presence and about their
activity in the world,” he wrote. “There’s nothing like a formerly poor
black multimillionaire bashing poor blacks to lend credence to the
ancient assaults they’ve endured from the dominant culture.”
Like Cosby, Tiger, Barack, Condi, and Colin, RGIII will hear more
challenges to his blackness in years to come. Luckily, he has his
priorities lined up. When recently asked by a sports reporter what his
biggest fear was about coming to Washington, D.C., to be an NFL
quarterback, RGIII had a simple answer: “You try not to fear too many
things. I fear God.”
After receiving an outpouring of support from African Americans all over
the country, and white Americans as well, RGIII had this to say to his
fans on Twitter about the whole ESPN incident: “I’m thankful for a lot
of things in life, and one of those things is your support. Thank You.”
Pure class. He never bothered to dignify the claims of his critic, whose
shrill commentary is a reflection not of Griffin’s blackness, but of
Parker’s refusal to respect the rich diversity of his own people and the
choices they make.
Blackness enforcers such as Parker are the ones fixated on race as
America lurches forward to a truly post-racial society, one in which
black people fall in love with white people and get married and few
people care.
Thomas Sowell knows his history. He could also have mentioned that
"Vorwärts" (Forwards) was the song of the Hitler Youth. See and hear the
whole terrible deception below
The political slogan “Forward” served Barack Obama well during this
year’s election campaign. It said that he was for going forward, while
Republicans were for “going back to the failed policies that got us into
this mess in the first place.”
It was great political rhetoric and great political theater. Moreover,
the Republicans did virtually nothing to challenge its shaky
assumptions, though a few hard facts could have made those assumptions
collapse like a house of cards.
More is involved than this year’s political battles. The word “forward”
has been a political battle cry on the left for more than a century. It
has been almost as widely used as the Left’s other favorite word,
“equality,” which goes back more than two centuries.
The seductive notion of economic equality has appealed to many people.
The pilgrims started out with the idea of equal sharing. The colony of
Georgia began with very similar ideas. In the Midwest, Britain’s Robert
Owen — who coined the term “socialism” — set up colonies based on
communal living and economic equality.
What these idealistic experiments all had in common was that they failed.
They learned the hard way that people would not do as much for the
common good as they would do for their own good. The Pilgrims nearly
starved learning that lesson. But they learned it. Land that had been
common property was turned into private property, which produced a lot
more food.
Similar experiments were tried on a larger scale in other countries
around the world. In the biggest of these experiments — the Soviet Union
under Stalin and Communist China under Mao — people literally starved
to death by the millions.
In the Soviet Union, at least six million people starved to death in the
1930s, in a country with some of the most fertile land on the continent
of Europe, a country that had once been a major exporter of food. In
China, tens of millions of people starved to death under Mao.
Despite what the Left seems to believe, private-property rights do not
exist simply for the sake of people who own property. Americans who do
not own a single acre of land have abundant food available because land
is still private property in the United States, even though the Left is
doing its best to restrict property rights in both the countryside and
in the cities.
The other big feature of the egalitarian Left is promotion of a huge inequality of power, while deploring economic inequality.
It is no coincidence that those who are going ballistic over the
economic inequality between the top 1 or 2 percent and the rest of us
are promoting a far more dangerous concentration of political power in
Washington — where far less than 1 percent of the population
increasingly tells 300 million Americans what they can and cannot do, on
everything from their light bulbs and toilets to their medical care.
This movement in the direction of central planning, under the name of
“forward,” is in fact going back to a system that has failed in
countries around the world — under both democratic and dictatorial
governments and among peoples of virtually every race, color, creed, and
nationality.
It is one thing when conservative leaders like Ronald Reagan in America
and Margaret Thatcher in Britain declared central planning a failure.
But what really puts the nails in the coffin is that, before the end of
the 20th century, both socialist and communist governments around the
world began abandoning central planning.
India and China are the biggest examples. In both countries, cutbacks on
government control of the economy were followed by dramatically
increased economic-growth rates, lifting millions of people out of
poverty in both countries.
The ultimate irony is that the most recent international survey of free
markets found the world’s freest market to be in Hong Kong — in a
country still ruled by Communists! But the Chinese Communists have at
least learned, the hard way, a lesson that Barack Obama seems oblivious
to.
We are going “forward” to a repeatedly failed past following a
charismatic leader, after a 20th century in which charismatic leaders
led countries into unprecedented catastrophes.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism. The very
word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
19 December, 2012
Invincible Ignorance
Thomas Sowell
Must every tragic mass shooting bring out the shrill ignorance of "gun control" advocates?
The key fallacy of so-called gun control laws is that such laws do not
in fact control guns. They simply disarm law-abiding citizens, while
people bent on violence find firearms readily available.
If gun control zealots had any respect for facts, they would have
discovered this long ago, because there have been too many factual
studies over the years to leave any serious doubt about gun control laws
being not merely futile but counterproductive.
Places and times with the strongest gun control laws have often been
places and times with high murder rates. Washington, D.C., is a classic
example, but just one among many.
When it comes to the rate of gun ownership, that is higher in rural
areas than in urban areas, but the murder rate is higher in urban areas.
The rate of gun ownership is higher among whites than among blacks, but
the murder rate is higher among blacks. For the country as a whole,
hand gun ownership doubled in the late 20th century, while the murder
rate went down.
The few counter-examples offered by gun control zealots do not stand up
under scrutiny. Perhaps their strongest talking point is that Britain
has stronger gun control laws than the United States and lower murder
rates.
But, if you look back through history, you will find that Britain has
had a lower murder rate than the United States for more than two
centuries-- and, for most of that time, the British had no more
stringent gun control laws than the United States. Indeed, neither
country had stringent gun control for most of that time.
In the middle of the 20th century, you could buy a shotgun in London
with no questions asked. New York, which at that time had had the
stringent Sullivan Law restricting gun ownership since 1911, still had
several times the gun murder rate of London, as well as several times
the London murder rate with other weapons.
Neither guns nor gun control was not the reason for the difference in murder rates. People were the difference.
Yet many of the most zealous advocates of gun control laws, on both
sides of the Atlantic, have also been advocates of leniency toward
criminals.
In Britain, such people have been so successful that legal gun ownership
has been reduced almost to the vanishing point, while even most
convicted felons in Britain are not put behind bars. The crime rate,
including the rate of crimes committed with guns, is far higher in
Britain now than it was back in the days when there were few
restrictions on Britons buying firearms.
In 1954, there were only a dozen armed robberies in London but, by the
1990s-- after decades of ever tightening gun ownership restrictions--
there were more than a hundred times as many armed robberies.
Gun control zealots' choice of Britain for comparison with the United
States has been wholly tendentious, not only because it ignored the
history of the two countries, but also because it ignored other
countries with stronger gun control laws than the United States, such as
Russia, Brazil and Mexico. All of these countries have higher murder
rates than the United States.
You could compare other sets of countries and get similar results. Gun
ownership has been three times as high in Switzerland as in Germany, but
the Swiss have had lower murder rates. Other countries with high rates
of gun ownership and low murder rates include Israel, New Zealand, and
Finland.
Guns are not the problem. People are the problem-- including people who
are determined to push gun control laws, either in ignorance of the
facts or in defiance of the facts.
There is innocent ignorance and there is invincible, dogmatic and
self-righteous ignorance. Every tragic mass shooting seems to bring out
examples of both among gun control advocates.
Some years back, there was a professor whose advocacy of gun control led
him to produce a "study" that became so discredited that he resigned
from his university. This column predicted at the time that this
discredited study would continue to be cited by gun control advocates.
But I had no idea that this would happen the very next week in the 9th
Circuit Court of Appeals.
New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg, who politicized the Sandy Hook
tragedy within hours last Friday, just wrapped up a press conference
announcing new plans to fight gun violence and to counter the National
Rifle Association with his own Super PAC. Bloomberg was asked by a
reporter to respond to Rep. Louie Gohmert's comments over the weekend
that he wished the principal of the school, who died trying to take down
shooter Adam Lanza, had a gun. Bloomberg responded by saying, "There
are dumb statements and then there are stupid statements.....I don't
know what the gun would have done."
With this logic, I'm sure Bloomberg feels the same way about his armed
body guards; that the guns they carry to protect him "do nothing." If
sane and trained people with guns are capable of "doing nothing," then
why do police and security guards carry them? Why do thousands of people
a year save their own lives or the lives of others protecting
themselves with guns?
Allan Meltzer is an eminent professor of economics at Carnegie-Mellon
University. He is a world-renowned U.S. Federal Reserve scholar, a 1973
founder and chairman of the Shadow Open Market Committee, and an
American Economic Association Distinguished Fellow. What else could he
possibly add to those laurels?
Meltzer has written Why Capitalism?
Meltzer answers that question with personal and scholarly reflections on
capitalism—the one economic system that achieves both prosperity and
individual freedom. While Meltzer celebrates such bounty, anyone
expecting a polemic will surely be disappointed.
Meltzer gives himself a wide enough berth to assess capitalism across
many cultures, countries, and mixed economies. To satisfy his
definition, functioning capitalism more or less requires individual
ownership of the means of production, property rights protection, and
the rule of law. As Meltzer sees it, these basic features can be found
in economies with both large and small public sectors, in countries with
massive amounts of regulation, and in places where the necessary
institutional building blocks are just beginning to form. In no way does
he expect his definition to be satisfied perfectly in practice.
Of the many stars in the constellation of capitalist thinkers, Meltzer
mentions Friedman and Hayek. Otherwise, his central foundational figure
is Immanuel Kant. The book begins with Kant’s fundamental assertion
about human nature: “Out of timber as crooked as that from which man is
made, nothing entirely straight can be carved.” And Meltzer echoes this
truth throughout Why Capitalism?
The point is simple and powerful: Imperfect human beings build
institutions that undergird economic systems. Capitalism will include
flaws, imperfections, corrupt practices, and wasted resources. And so
will any other economic system. Capitalism’s saving grace, however, is
found in decentralization of decision-making, in competition for
resources, and in dynamic markets. Markets are filled with customers who
create competitive forces that reduce the cost of error and the scope
of corruption. The power of capitalism lies in the system’s unique
ability to punish resource owners who make bad decisions, to reward
those who create value, and to adapt to rapidly changing conditions.
Capitalism disperses power while other systems concentrate power.
Because of these inherent traits, Meltzer views capitalism as the best
of the imperfect systems fashioned from crooked timber. Unlike other
systems, capitalist systems are adjusted and reformed by success and
failure. Along these lines, we find Meltzer’s own famous quip:
“Capitalism without failure is like religion without sin: It doesn’t
work.”
Meltzer offers a good treatment of the empirical work relating to
economic growth across countries as it relates to variations in economic
freedom. He also pays a lot of attention to regulation and the
unfortunate incentives that accompany collective efforts to steer
markets or to correct perceived excesses. In this he offers his first
and second laws of regulation: First, lawyers and bureaucrats regulate.
Markets circumvent regulation. Second, regulations are static. Markets
are dynamic. (There is plenty here to contemplate.)
One finds a number of remarkable sections in Meltzer’s little book. Two
of these gems are his summary history of the U.S. monetary history—which
draws, of course, on his own two-volume history—as well as his
criticism of the newly-formed institutions that arose in the wake of the
Great Recession. Meltzer tears into the notion that the Fed is
independent of government by citing instances where presidents pressured
and got their desired response from Fed officials. He tells fascinating
stories of how, with the exception of the Volcker years, the flawed
logic of the Phillips Curve has strongly influenced Fed behavior.
Meltzer also looks critically at the perverse incentives found in
Dodd-Frank, “too big to fail,” and the new and strangely unaccountable
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. In doing all this, Meltzer
demonstrates his masterful ability to perform institutional analysis
while focusing on the future health of American capitalism. Along the
way, Meltzer offers some well-reasoned policy recommendations that could
improve the nation’s long-run prospects for wealth creation.
Why Capitalism? is an ideal selection for small-book discussion groups,
students, scholars, business people, and all who have an interest in
capitalism’s ability to adapt and survive as ideologues attempt in vain
to fashion more perfect systems from crooked timber.
Unions suck. Really they do. I have said this before, as an
objective fact: “They suck the money out of our wallets,” I wrote
in July, “they suck productivity out of workers; and suck up all the
leavings from the public trough. Increasingly, the public has had it
with the private country clubs known as ‘public’ unions.”
The trouble with education, much public policy, government spending and
the every-twenty-five-year bailout of auto companies in this country
starts and ends with unions. I continued:
"They are out-of- touch museum relics, fitting for a day that used
rotary presses to distribute the news, but wildly inappropriate for an
age that‘s both wired and wireless. Unions have prevented, and continue
to prevent, much-needed reforms in education, public finance and
government. They cultivate a sense of entitlement wholly out of order
for the times, which call for more self-reliance and entrepreneurship."
Union advocates like to reply to this thesis- with good reason- by
sticking fingers in their ears, jumping up and down in place, saying
“pork, pork, pork,” while vaguely threatening the voting public with
vengeance if unions don’t get more “pork.”
The good reason they chose this line of attack is that they have no
logical argument to make. They are like the man told to us by
Patrick Henry.
"Amid the general joy and shouts of triumph by the freezing, threadbare
American army that accepted the surrender of the British army under
Cornwallis at Yorktown, Henry tells us, was one John Hook, who could
only think of the beef he lost, confiscated to provide food for the
starving, yet victorious army.
“But hark!” says Henry. “What notes of discord are these that disturb
the general joy and silence the acclimations of victory? They are the
notes of John Hook, hoarsely bawling through the American camp ‘Beef!
Beef! Beef !’” in protest of his loss."
So it goes with unions. Cities may go bankrupt, police may be laid
off, public safety endangered and public finance corrupted but the
unions get paid first, no matter what.
As real-life mobster and union delegate Henry Hill explained it in the
movie Goodfellas: “Business bad? F-- you, pay me. Oh, you had a fire?
F-- you, pay me. Place got hit by lightning huh? F-- you, pay me."
That’s why it shouldn’t surprise us that while most of America hails
Michigan for victory in passing a right-to-work law in the
union-controlled state that borders Canada, the unions are complaining
about their beef- and their benefits. They did much the same in Madison
in 2011 as Wisconsin Gov. Scott Walker forced unions to compete in an
open way for benefit contracts. And despite union grousing, the world
did not come to an end in Wisconsin. In fact, quite the opposite is
true.
Magically, school districts on the verge of financial ruin suddenly were
able to find millions of dollars in new money. How did that magic act
happen?
“When the Appleton School District put its health-insurance contract up
for bid for instance,” writes the City-Journal, “WEA Trust [the benefit
provider run by the union] suddenly lowered its rates and promised to
match any competitor’s price. Appleton will save $3 million during the
current school year.” That open bidding process outside of the union
monopoly was a result of Walker’s reforms. And it reduced costs
without degrading benefits.
So now, $3 million will go directly into the classroom, which is what
teachers tell us they really care about. So now, $3 million will allow
the district to retain employees, which what the union ought to care
most about.
And that’s also what’s at stake in Michigan. Right-to-work means
an end to the union monopoly on employment. It means that more people
can have jobs. It means that unions have to provide a competitive
environment or their customers will leave.
But in the up-is-down, black-is-white and right-is-wrong world of
unions, progressives and mental patients, a competitive environment must
be avoided at all costs. That's way too much pressure.
“Exclusivity for a union with majority support is not a monopoly, it is
democracy,” said Brenda Smith, local head of the AFL-CIO affiliated
American Federation of Teachers and apparently an Orwell fan. “It is
order rather than chaos. It allows employees to select their
representative freely, without coercion from the employer. It allows
them to amplify their voice through collective action under our
constitutionally protected right to freedom of association.” And for
unions freedom of association means workers are given only one
representative, one association, one, non-dissenting voice carefully
following the party line
Spoken like a true Menshevik. Freedom of association, in a
free society, also includes the right to NOT associate, especially with
known associates, like union thugs. And the right not to associate
is what’s at issue in Michigan.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
18 December, 2012
All over America ....
***********************
The baby bust generation
Jeff Jacoby points out some rather disturbing facts below but a note
of caution is in order. Birth rates vary considerably from year to
year so to take the present rate as a prediction for the future would
be foolish. It is quite possible that what is happening is a
filtering out of non-maternal women from the population and once that is
done the birthrate among the remaining women may be quite high
FERTILITY IN AMERICA has been declining for years. According to the Pew
Research Center, the nation's birth rate hit an all-time low in 2011 –
just 63 births per 1,000 women of childbearing age. It was almost twice
as high – 123 births per 1,000 women – at the peak of the Baby Boom in
1957.
As babies and children disappear from a society, what takes their place?
One answer, as journalist Jonathan V. Last observes in a forthcoming
book, "What to Expect When No One's Expecting," is pets.
In surveys taken from the 1940s to the 1980s, fewer than half of
Americans said they owned a pet. Today America's 300 million humans own
360 million pets. Last puts that in perspective: "American pets now
outnumber American children by more than four to one." Often those pets
are pampered to a degree that quite recently would have been thought
eccentric. The average dog-owning household's spending on pet grooming
aids, for example, more than doubled between 1998 and 2006. Last notes
that when a kids' clothing store in the suburban Washington neighborhood
where he used to live went out of business, it was replaced by a doggie
spa – leaving the neighborhood "with six luxury pet stores and only two
shops dedicated to clothing children."
A mania for pets isn't all that materializes when the birth rate sinks.
So do economic stagnation, dwindling innovation, a declining lifestyle,
the exploding health and pension costs of an aging population, and the
ever-heavier taxes needed to maintain the government safety net when
there are fewer workers and entrepreneurs. Optimism, booming markets,
and technological dynamism recede, supplanted by intergenerational
conflict and loneliness.
Many people, it's true, are still in the grip of the Malthusian fallacy.
The superstition that that the Earth is already too full, and that more
human beings will mean more hunger, misery, and environmental
despoliation, is a popular one. But serious demographers, economists,
and others have been warning for years that declining populations lead
to shortages, misery, and upheaval.
"If you think that population decline is going to be a net boon to
society," Megan McArdle writes in the Daily Beast, "take a long hard
look at Greece. That's what a country looks like when it becomes
inevitable that the future will be poorer than the past: social
breakdown, political breakdown, economic catastrophe."
If so, Greece will have plenty of company. Fertility rates are falling
everywhere. The median age in many countries is already over 40, well
above the prime childbearing years. In some places, plummeting fertility
can be attributed to dictatorial coercion: To enforce its "One-Child"
policy, China has employed methods ranging from steep fines and loss of
employment to compulsory sterilization and abortions. The results have
been brutal: Hundreds of millions of births have been prevented, China's
median age is at 36 and rising, and the Chinese fertility rate is now
1.54 – well below the rate of 2.1 needed to maintain a steady
population.
But as Last points out, the fertility rate for white, college-educated
American women – a proxy for the US middle class – is 1.6. "In other
words, America has created its very own 'One-Child' policy. It's soft
and unintentional, the result of accidents of history and thousands of
little choices. But it has been just as effective."
It is hard to overstate the demographic and social transformation this
represents. It wasn't that long ago that getting married and having
children were life goals shared by nearly every American. For most of
the 20th century, well over 90 percent of US adults married at some
point in their lives – at one point the percentage went as high as 98.3
percent. Now, according to Pew, barely half of all adults in the United
States – a record low – are married. And nearly 4 in 10 Americans say
marriage is becoming obsolete.
And as more people choose not to marry, more of them retreat from
childrearing. For decades Gallup has asked Americans what they consider
the "ideal family size." From the 1940s to the 1960s, roughly 70 percent
said that three or more children would be best. But beginning in the
late 1960s, the American "ideal" fell sharply. Today only 33 percent of
Americans regard three or more kids as desirable. And in practice, one
in five American women now have no children at all.
What happens to a society that increasingly turns its back on marriage
and babies? In which singlehood becomes standard, and pets outnumber
kids by four to one? Ready or not, America is going to find out.
Donations Pour in to Help Black Hot Dog Vendor After Union Goons Destroyed His Supplies
Clint Tarver’s hot dog stand was destroyed during protests over the
passage of Right to Work legislation at Michigan’s state capitol
building last week. As Kate reported, Tarver was not involved in the
protests but was hired by Americans for Prosperity to cater their tent
as they counter-protested. As union thugs tore down AFP’s tent, they
also destroyed Tarver’s equipment and called him an “Uncle Tom” among
other racial slurs.
“The Hot Dog Guy’s” luck has turned around, however. A staff
member for a local lawmaker set up an online fundraiser for Tarver and
as of Friday, more than $33,000 has been donated.
“I’m overwhelmed,” Tarver said Friday. “The public has
shown such love to me. You never know your true friends until you get
down and I’ve had people I thought were pretty close to me and they’ve
given me one call. You learn from your endeavors.”
Lorilea Zabadal, a staff member for Republican state Rep.
Al Pscholka, established the fundraiser after learning of Tarver’s
plight.
“Everyone who has passed the hot dog cart knows what a
kind and caring individual Clint is,” Zabadal wrote. “He never fails to
bestow a smile or friendly greeting. In no way [did] he provoke this
attack, nor any of the behavior displayed toward him. Regardless of your
position on current legislation, rebuilding Clint's Hot Dogs is
something we can all support. Please give what you can to get this
deserving businessman back out there!”
So what will he do with the money?
“First of all, I’m going to get a brand new cart,” he
said. “And I have sick sister, so I’m going to help her out and I’m
going to help my church too.”
Tarver said Zabadal is a Facebook friend of his wife, Linda. He’s blown away by her unexpected concern, he said.
“Well, she’s a vegetarian and it’s really odd that she
started this website for me,” he said. “So there’s going to be a Lorilea
hot dog. And it’ll be vegetarian.”
Tarver’s cart will have other new offerings come next
spring, although nothing has been finalized as of yet, he said.
“Right now, I’m just thanking everyone for the gifts and
love they’ve shown me,” he said. “I’ve forgiven the people who broke all
of my stuff. I’ve prayed for them and that’s where I’m at now.”
Comedian Adam Carolla has never been one to censor what comes out of his
mouth. The gift of gab took him from humble beginnings in economically
destitute North Hollywood to dizzying heights inthe entertainment
industry, where he could afford to move a few miles away.
It's a story of hard work and success that comes through in his recent
book Not Taco Bell Material, a chaotic tour that takes readers from
Carolla's early years to how he finally found his calling - and his
success.
Carolla's disdain for the politically-correct culture of sensitivity has
made him an unlikely but powerful critic of the progressive
watering-down of American culture. His first book, In Fifty Years We'll
All Be Chicks, was an ode to an era of manliness lost to decades of
gender-neutral education. And in recent years, he's lamented the loss of
a society that takes responsibility for its actions.
"I made my own luck," Carolla tells Townhall. "I'm the guy who was
rejected from Taco Bell," he says, referring his failed application to
the fast-food restaurant in his youth that inspired the book's title.
"Would you think that guy was born with a four-leaf clover or a rabbit's
foot up his butt?"
Thematically, Not Taco Bell Material could be summed up in four words:
hard work pays off. It's a mantra espoused by Carolla, from his
well-publicized criticisms of the Occupy Wall Street movement to recent
comments about the deplorable class warfare deployed by Democrats. "They
always say tax 'the rich.'" Carolla says. "Who's 'the rich'? I'm not
rich. I'm successful. They never say 'tax the hard-working' or 'tax the
successful.' They say 'the rich' because it's easier to deal with their
inability to be successful by attributing others' success to luck."
Despite his criticism of the mentality of big-government progressives,
Carolla insists his fellow entertainment-industry workers mean well.
"Others in Hollywood are very humble. And they say, you know 'I'm very
lucky and there are a lot of good actors out of work.' They all know,
however, that they worked their tail off to get where they are."
Disdain for the entitlement society has become one of Carolla's
distinctions after a rant about Occupy Wall Street went viral last year.
"Self-entitled monsters," he called some of the protesters, who "think
the world owes them a living."
"It's this envy and shame, and there's gonna be a lot more of it," he said. "Everybody's a winner, there are no losers."
Carolla's own humility comes from his connection with his roots. His
retelling of the life story - crazy stories and all - is aided by the
fact that he's constantly reminded of it.
"I never left Los Angeles... I probably live three miles from where all
those antics took place. I drive past them on an almost-daily basis,
which is sort of weird." And despite the adolescent ballbusting and
trouble he and his friends got up to, he's stayed true. "I'm happy to
say that most all those guys I'm still on great terms with."
We wish each other "peace on earth." Wishing is not enough. We must act on this wish by promoting capitalism on earth.
Too many people (including some religious leaders) are promoting the
idea that re-distribution of wealth or “social justice” is the best way
to foster peace. But Christians and Jews need only read the Old
Testament to see that God condemns stealing and envy so much that he
gave Moses commandments like: “You shall not steal,” “You shall not
covet your neighbor’s wife, and “You shall not covet your neighbor’s
goods.”
And in the New Testament, Christ promoted capitalistic ideas. Christ’s
allegories conveyed the basic principles of capitalism: freedom,
ownership, profit, private property rights, honesty and justice.
How capitalism promotes peace
Men who are trading partners do not typically fight each other. For,
they have an economic interest in maintaining friendly relations. And
men who are free to pursue vocations that utilize their unique talents
will be happier than those who are assigned to work in a specific
industry by the state.
In Ayn Rand’s novel, Atlas Shrugged, the federal government takes over
all private industry. Dagny Taggart is the heroine whose private
railroad company becomes bound and regulated by the federal government.
Taggart realizes that socialist public policy has caused her once
cheerful employees to loathe her and each other.
Taggart observes: “… she was both a slave and a driver of slaves, and so
was every human being in the country, and hatred was the only thing
that men could now feel for one another.”
Capitalism thrives on peace; ownership and prosperity encourage
individual morality. But socialism thrives on chaos, riots and
animosity. Dictators can control people who are poor, hopeless and weak
easier than they can control people who are wealthy, confident and
powerful. Rand observes in the June 1966 edition of The Objectivist
newsletter: “Statism needs war; a free country does not. Statism
survives by looting; a free country survives by production.”
Specific action steps
Let me recommend specific action steps we can take to cultivate capitalism on earth:
1.) Trade freely with other countries. For example, I think Iran would
deal more openly with our allies like Israel if it had an economic
interest in maintaining friendly relations with America. Our current
“tactics” of covertly launching cyber attacks (think Stuxnet and Flame)
on Iran’s nuclear infrastructure, enforcing extreme economic sanctions
and using drones that breach Iran’s national sovereignty are inciting
blowback while rendering diplomatic relations unfeasible.
2.) Reduce taxes and regulations. Our high taxes and regulations are
encouraging American entrepreneurs to leave this country. (Think
billionaire co-founder of Facebook Inc., Eduardo Saverin who renounced
his U.S. citizenship in May to become a resident of Singapore.) TIME
reports that a record number of American citizens (1,788 in 2011) are
relinquishing their U.S. citizenship.
And jobs are leaving too. The world’s most valuable company, Apple, once
made its computers in California but now must produce its technology in
China in order to turn a profit.
As wealth and jobs flow away from America, it will be difficult for us
to remain a peaceful country because we will be susceptible to both
civil unrest and outside attacks.
3.) Eliminate the Federal Reserve. This unconstitutional agency is
destroying the value of our currency and yoking the markets. And
politicians can clandestinely spend money on futile wars because most
people will not recognize inflation as a tax until it is too late.
“Ideologically, the principle of individual rights does not permit a man
to seek his own livelihood at the point of a gun, inside or outside his
country. Economically, wars cost money; in a free economy, where wealth
is privately owned, the costs of war come out of the income of private
citizens—there is no overblown public treasury to hide that fact—and a
citizen cannot hope to recoup his own financial losses (such as taxes or
business dislocations or property destruction) by winning the war. Thus
his own economic interests are on the side of peace,” writes Ayn Rand
in a treatise called “The Roots of War” in The Objectivist.
In other words, capitalism allows men to see the true cost of war
because there is no central bank and the federal government does not
manipulate the currency and the markets. In this way, capitalism
naturally encourages men to avoid war.
Capitalism is the political system that promotes peace because
capitalists know that war is inherently opposed to their financial
interest and livelihood. During this holy season, let us each think
about ways that we can act on our wish for “peace on earth” and promote
capitalism in our daily lives.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
17 December, 2012
Proof that U.S. liberals don't care about the lives of children, whether born or unborn
Despite Obama's crocodile tears
**************************
California and the harm caused by its union parasites
Violent crime may be down in much of the United States, but it is on the
rise in California. Ever since the state passed a court-mandated law
that eased overcrowding in state prisons, thousands of inmates have been
released early -- and violent crime has skyrocketed.
It's up 49 percent in places like Kern County. The murder rate has
soared 45 percent in Fresno. "This misinformation that's out there that
the downsizing of the prison population only impacts those that are
nonviolent, nonserious is not serious. We've already had three murders
over the past two months that are individuals under realignment," Fresno
Police Chief Jerry Dyer told ABC News.
California was forced to open its prison doors thanks in large part to
the oversized wage and pension packages secured by one of the state's
most powerful unions -- the California Correctional Peace Officers
Association. And it's not the only "public safety" union that's making
the public unsafe.
According to the latest numbers from Oakland, more than 11,000 homes,
cars or businesses have been broken into so far this year. That is about
33 burglaries a day and a 43 percent increase over last year.
But Oakland residents should not expect any help from police anytime
soon. The city has 200 fewer police officers today than it did in 2008,
despite the fact that almost 75 percent of the city's budget goes to
police and fire personnel compensation. During the last budget
negotiations, the Oakland Police Officers' Association demanded higher
salary and pension benefits for veteran officers instead of more money
to make new hires.
A similar story is also playing out in San Bernardino. City Attorney Jim
Penman, who is guiding that jurisdiction through bankruptcy, recently
told residents to "lock their doors and load their guns." "Let's be
honest," he told CBS News, "we don't have enough police officers."
And don't think for a second that any of California's government workers
are underpaid. According to a Bloomberg News report released this week,
California public workers earned more wages, overtime and other
benefits than their counterparts in any of the next 12 most populous
states. "State revenues are up more than 50 percent over the past 10
years, but still we've had to cut spending on services because so much
of that revenue increase went to increases in compensation and
benefits," former Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger told Bloomberg.
Meanwhile, those same California state employees are misusing hundreds
of thousands of tax dollars through bribery schemes, mail fraud, waste,
and improper billings for travel and pay, according to a new Franchise
Tax Board report released this week.
Unable to defeat government unions and their Democratic Party patrons at
the polls, Californians are voting with their feet instead, according
to new census numbers released Monday. More than 100,000 Americans left
California in 2011. Their number one destination: Republican-controlled,
right-to-work Texas.
There's a lesson there, if California and other spendthrift states are willing to learn it.
The latest unemployment figures are again depressing, but not for the
usual reasons. They provide further confirmation of Barack Obama’s
fundamental transformation of America, specifically through his creation
of a growing government class.
The numbers show a massive increase in government jobs created over the
last five months—621,000, to be exact, dwarfing private-sector job
growth. Those new government jobs account for a staggering 73 percent of
overall job growth. In all, 21 million citizens now work for
government, out of 143 million employed in America, or one in seven
Americans.
The vision and policies and programs of President Obama and
“progressives”/liberals are rapidly generating a new government class.
The current class—the one that re-elected Obama—is comprised of federal
workers; of state, county, and municipal workers; of employees in
public-sector unions; of Americans collecting food stamps, welfare, and
unemployment benefits; of those looking to government for healthcare;
and more. They don’t all vote Democrat, of course, but many do. And
Democrats desperately hope many more will. Incredibly, there is even a
rising group of young women suddenly demanding that Uncle Sam (i.e.,
taxpayers) pay for their contraception and abortions.
Most remarkable, this new class of Americans constitutes a huge and
expanding segment of the population (and voters) who are becoming not
merely dependent upon government but dependent upon Democrats. The more
dependent this group becomes, and the more it enlarges, the more it
redounds to the political enshrinement of liberal-Democrat politicians.
All of these segments of the citizenry—or, perhaps, constituencies—have
steadily expanded over the last 100 years of progressivism/liberalism,
and have surged under Barack Obama. Under Obama, there are a record 48
million Americans on food stamps, up from 32 million at the start of his
presidency. The welfare rolls have exploded. Unemployment has not only
increased but remains stuck and stagnant, with the actual unemployed
around 15 percent and rising. Not only do federal workers continue to
balloon, but so do employees joining public-sector unions beholden to
Democrats: SEIU, AFSCME, teachers organized through the American
Federation of Teachers and the National Education Association.
Writing on this phenomenon, my colleague, Dr. Marvin Folkertsma,
observes that roughly half the population receives some form of aid from
the federal government, a figure that will utterly explode once
Obamacare takes full force.
It goes without saying that this is disastrous for the literal solvency
of the republic, but it’s good news for those hoping to expand the
boundaries (and collective dependency net) of progressivism/liberalism.
So, where does this leave us as a republic? Well, in very deep trouble.
Most of those in the new government class become rapidly conditioned to
their reality. Easily lured into their situation, they will be easily
prompted into vociferously defending their position—especially those in
unions. They will defend their status with ferocious loyalty when the
right buttons are pushed by liberal-Democrat organizers and agitators
(and their media allies) who benefit from their votes.
Ronald Reagan said the only guarantee of eternal life in this world is a
government bureaucracy. He was correct, especially once the bureaucracy
is unionized; ditto for the bureaucracy’s programs and goodies. You
will not be able to undo Obamacare; trying to do so will be like
unscrambling eggs. Look at Britain’s National Health Service; it is the
third-rail of British politics. Even Margaret Thatcher couldn’t touch
it.
Ironically, Margaret Thatcher might offer the lone glimmer of hope.
America four years from now will look increasingly like Britain circa
1978-79, when the electorate had enough and somehow awakened and hired
the Iron Lady, who took on the government class. In the United States,
however, it will not be easy. We will need a leader with the combined
skills and determination of Thatcher or Reagan, who will be demonized
unlike any American heretofore. Moreover, we will need that leader soon.
If this isn’t halted quickly, America as we know it is over.
How long? We have four years at best. Think about it: How many more
Americans over the next four years will be employed and unionized by
government; collecting food stamps, welfare, and unemployment; looking
to government for healthcare, for contraception, and more? And they will
be further trained to believe this is the norm and their natural right,
and that anyone standing in the way is a monster.
It may already be too late. The federal government under Obama is hiring
103 new government employees per day, with nothing stopping them. These
new additions to the government class will populate areas like Northern
Virginia, turning Virginia (politically) into another Maryland, which
dutifully pulls the lever for Democrats every four years.
Well, Barack Obama promised a fundamental transformation of America, and now we’re getting it.
LA Times Demonstrates Liberals' Cluelessness About Basic Economics
There are a few irrefutable laws of basic economics that are understood
by practically everyone. When the price of a good rises, people will buy
less of it. This is common knowledge to anyone who has bought anything
ever. There is also the law of unintended consequences which states that
actions, laws, and policies often have secondary effects that differ
from the original actions intentions. We have seen this inevitably
played out in most laws passed by Congress. Both of these ideas have
been around for thousands of years and the father of economics, Adam
Smith, articulated them himself back in the eighteenth century.
However, an article in Tuesday’s Los Angeles Times demonstrates how
little of these truths liberals understand. “Study offers new support
for taxing soda and other junk foods,” written by Karen Kaplan,
expressed surprise that foundational building blocks of economic thought
were at play in our world. Kaplan looked at various studies done
recently on the effects of taxing junk food on the public’s health to
find that taxes on sugary drinks resulted in less sugary drinks being
bought.
Kaplan’s article references a study that discovered, “Overall… consumers
buy less of something when the price goes up and they buy more of it
when the price goes down.” The fact that consumers base decisions on
what to buy off of the price of the good is completely foreign to many
on the left.
Granted, Kaplan did say this was “not exactly a new idea.” But then she
continued to treat other findings as if they were earth shattering
realizations rather than concrete facts that have been proven hundreds
of years ago.
Discussing the merits of a tax on sugary foods, Kaplan was surprised
research found that taxing fatty foods led to consumption of less
expensive, but not necessarily healthier, foods. “But there was a
twist,” she remarked, astounded that anything could have happened beyond
the intended consequence, “the tax would prompt people to switch from
fatty dairy foods to foods that were higher in salt, sugar and total
calories, undermining the reason for the tax in the first place.”
This article actually explains a lot about the mentality that guides
liberal policies. The fact that it seems ridiculous for them to even
consider what the unintended consequences of their actions might be
shows a lack of foresight present in all discussions of policy.
We see this unwillingness to think ahead present in today’s debates.
With negotiations regarding the fiscal cliff, liberals fail to pay
attention to, or even consider, the detriments their politically popular
plan to “tax the rich” might have on the economy. They have no problem
heading over the fiscal cliff, demonstrating their lack of concern for
consequences and inability to see beyond immediate results of their
actions.
At least Kaplan, unlike Washington Democrats, learned something about
what needs to be done to achieve her goal. After discovering economics,
Kaplan found that to influence consumer’s diets to be healthier, you
need to “make vegetables cheaper and soda more expensive.”
Just 11.8% of workers now belong to a union. That's barely half what it was three decades ago
A century ago, the labor movement was a major force in lifting workers
out of poverty. Union-organized strikes — such as the one in 1914 at a
mine in Ludlow, Colo. — led to higher wages and broad reforms. And
national activism, spawned by such tragedies as the 1911 Triangle
Shirtwaist Factory fire in New York, produced workplace safety laws.
In more recent times, however, organized labor has been in decline. Just
11.8% of workers now belong to a union. That's barely half what it was
three decades ago, and the total would be even lower if not for an
increase in unionized public-sector workers.
Making matters worse for organized labor, it has suffered a number of
recent defeats at the ballot box and in state legislatures. The most
recent is this week's enactment of a right-to-work law in Michigan, once
a cradle of labor, that will make it harder for unions to collect dues.
Coming after last year's passage of a Wisconsin law stripping
public-sector unions of most collective bargaining rights, the Michigan
law is a stinging loss. Unions have responded with fury toward
Michigan's Republican governor, Rick Snyder, and its GOP legislature for
ramming the measure through with little advance notice during a lame
duck session.
The wisdom of right-to-work laws is a tough call. They protect non-union
employees from having to pay dues, which seems fair, except that those
same employees benefit from the contracts the unions negotiate.
Labor's bigger problem is that the vote is a symptom of its declining
power. Globalization and technology have weakened its hand, but the
unions have also lost public support through their own actions.
Inflexible private-sector unions have helped make companies less
competitive (and therefore less able to hire workers), while
public-sector unions have taken state and local governments for a ride,
leaving taxpayers with trillions of dollars in pension and retiree
health care liabilities.
On the private-sector side, one need look no further than the auto
industry. Trying to preserve pay and benefit structures not sustainable
since the 1960s, labor has wreaked havoc on Detroit, contributing to the
need for the bailouts of General Motors and Chrysler.
Something similar happened in the recent demise of Twinkies' maker
Hostess. Its bakers union refused to recognize that the company was
hemorrhaging money in an industry plagued by an excess in antiquated
plants. The result is that 15,000 jobs have disappeared when some could
have been saved.
Public-sector unions, meanwhile, have all but declared war on the
general public. In many cases, they have induced lawmakers to put their
states and localities on a path to insolvency by approving massive,
unfunded pension and retiree health care obligations. They are certain
to pay a steeper price as taxpayers are forced to endure higher taxes or
reduced services in the name of benefits that few get themselves.
Voters have already started to express dissatisfaction, even in some
Democratic strongholds. Just a month ago, Michigan voters soundly
rejected a couple of pro-union ballot initiatives, including one that
would have enshrined collective bargaining in the state constitution.
Earlier in the year, Wisconsin voters declined to recall Gov. Scott
Walker over his role in that state's new law, while voters in San Diego
and San Jose, Calif., overwhelmingly backed reductions in public
employee pensions.
To be sure, labor did score a victory last year in Ohio, when voters
repealed a law similar to Wisconsin's. But the trend has been against
it.
If labor wants to start winning some fights — and it has vowed to to
make repealing the new Michigan law a top priority — it is going to have
to change. Showing greater flexibility, and concern for people outside
their ranks, would be a good place to start.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
16 December, 2012
Homosexual Bible is a fraud
There's a brief report below on a recently-released "Queen James
Bible". It is a Bible in which passages that condemn homosexuality have
been altered to remove the condemnation. The alterations are paraded as
translations or interpretations but are in fact speciously-justified
alterations, not translations. They leave out words that are in
the original and insert words that are not in the original. They
are a fraud.
It's just a stunt by some SanFrancisco Episcopalian clergyman and one
rather wonders what it is meant to achieve. How is misrepresenting
the basis of the Christian faith going to help you obtain the salvation
that the faith offers?
But many Episcopalians have long ignored the clear teachings of the
Bible so they are clearly mock-Christians only. Their only
interest seems to be in dressing up in fancy clothes and sexual
perversion, not salvation. They are not people of faith at all.
If they are loyal to anyone it is the Devil. They are
Satanists in drag. Judging by the fate of Sodom and Gomorrah,
their future is grim.
Jesus made the sexual alternatives perfectly clear in the first verses
of Matthew 19: God made men and women to form unions with one
another and the only alternative to that is celibacy. Jesus was
actually stricter about sexual morality than the Torah is.
In addition to the one below, there are various other useful
commentaries online about this latest attempt to pervert Bible
teachings. See here and here, for instance
Don’t like it? Change it. That’s the approach to Scriptural translation taken by the creators of a new gay-friendly Bible.
“You can’t choose your sexuality, but you can choose Jesus. Now you can
choose a Bible, too,” say the creators of the Bible, emblazoned with a
rainbow cross, which was launched at the end of November.
The editors explain in a statement that they took each of the eight
Bible verses traditionally used to argue that homosexuality is sinful,
and edited them “in a way that makes homophobic interpretations
impossible.”
For instance, in the first letter to Timothy, where St. Paul refers to
“them that defile themselves with mankind,” the new Bible simply excises
the word “mankind.”
This new translation, the editors say, will “resolve interpretive ambiguity in the Bible as it pertains to homosexuality.”
Other than the eight verses in question, the Bible uses the King James
translation verbatim. The “Queen James” title is based upon a theory
that King James, the British king who commissioned the famous
translation of the Bible, was bisexual.
But while the “homophobic” passages have been altered, the editors say
that “the Bible is still filled with inequality and even contradiction
that we have not addressed. No Bible is perfect, including this one.”
The homosexual news outlet Pink News has identified Reverend J. Pearson
of San Francisco’s Holy Innocents Episcopal church as the mastermind
behind the rainbow-themed Bible.
Another tragic failure of a stupid policy ("gun-free" zones) has just
been enacted in Connecticut. When will the "educators" ever
learn? Innocent kids are dying to uphold Leftist ideology that
everything can be fixed by laws and regulations. In Israel
teachers are armed. Why not in America? Both countries face
similar evils, as the current example should make clear
The tragic murders Friday at the Sandy Hook Elementary School break the
heart of every American, and that includes gun owners. Those of us who
belong to the 47 percent of families who have a gun in the home for self
defense are mothers, fathers, sisters, brothers, grandparents aunts and
uncles who think of our own little ones as we mourn the terrible scenes
from Newtown, Conn.
It is human nature to want to find someone or something to blame for a
tragedy like this. Parents want to find a way to prevent it from
happening to their own children. The horror of a man so deranged that he
could shoot a small child is almost impossible to understand or to
accept. However, those who use this tragedy to call for more gun-control
laws are misguided.
As I write this, the initial reports say that the alleged killer bought
his guns legally. He used an ordinary handgun and one of the most
popular types of rifle
The Sandy Hook school was a gun-free zone, meaning Mr. Lanza knew that
no one could shoot back when he entered the school or the classroom
where his mother taught. The shooting in July in a movie theater in
Aurora, Colo. was also in a gun-free zone. Rather than engaging in yet
another debate about the Second Amendment, perhaps we should be
discussing whether security is enhanced or weakened by not allowing a
school to be armed for self defense.
Dick Heller, who sued the District of Columbia for the right to keep a
gun at home, emailed me today about the shooting. “Just like in DC,
there are ‘sensitive’ areas, ‘vulnerable’ areas where politicians know
security is needed,” the Washington security guard explained to me. “Yet
they still intentionally disarm everyone -- sometimes even the
‘security’ staff -- and create an inviting environment for criminals,
the domestic violence-prone, and terrorists.” Had one guard had a
firearm in either Colorado or Connecticut, there is a good chance lives
would have been saved.
No law can stop a criminal hell-bent on killing. When a person
determined to do harm cannot get a gun legally, he will obtain it
illegally. Even if the 100 million guns in America were rounded up and
thrown into the ocean, there will still be deranged killers. In Oklahoma
City, Timothy McVeigh and Terry Nichols used simple fertilizer to kill
168 people, including 19 children under the age of six in 1995.
In gun-free Japan in 2008, a former school janitor stabbed eight
children to death in their elementary school. In 1927, Bath Township,
Mich. was home to the worst school killing in history. The school's
treasurer used bombs made with dynamite and pyrotol to kill 38
elementary school children. We can’t outlaw fertilizer or explosives or
knives. Even if we did, the deranged would just find another way to
kill.
Murder is already illegal. So is assaulting a child. We have enough laws. What we lack today is the power to overcome evil.
A group of CATS Are Regulated by Federal Law, Appeals Court Says.
Obama's regulators are clearly out to make as big a nuisance of
themselves as they can
Descendants of Ernest Hemingway’s six-toed cat Snowball that live at his
museum home are subject to federal regulation because they
substantially affect interstate commerce, a federal appeals court has
ruled.
The cats roam the late author’s former Key West home at 907 Whitehead
Street, now a museum that hosts daily tours and weddings, report the
Christian Science Monitor and National Public Radio. On Friday, the
Atlanta-based 11th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled (PDF) that the
U.S. Department of Agriculture has the authority to regulate the
felines.
“The exhibition of the Hemingway cats is integral to the museum’s
commercial purpose, and thus, their exhibition affects interstate
commerce,” the court said. “For these reasons, Congress has the power to
regulate the museum and the exhibition of the Hemingway cats.”
The USDA acted after a visitor complained several years ago about the
museum’s care of the cats. The agency wanted the museum to obtain an
animal exhibitor’s license; either cage the cats at night, construct a
higher fence to contain them, or hire a night watchman to keep an eye on
them; tag each cat; and construct “elevated resting surfaces” for
animals, according to the opinion.
Despite the adverse holding, the court admitted some sympathy with the
museum’s situation. “We appreciate the museum’s somewhat unique
situation, and we sympathize with its frustration,” the court said.
“Nevertheless, it is not the court’s role to evaluate the wisdom of
federal regulations implemented according to the powers constitutionally
vested in Congress.”
Here’s more evidence that government “cures” are inevitably worse than
the “diseases” they seek to wipe out. Buried in the trillion-dollar
stimulus law of 2009 was an electronic medical records “incentive”
program. Like most of President Obama’s health care rules, this top-down
electronic record-sharing scheme is a big fat bust.
Oversight is lax. Cronyism is rife. The job-killing and privacy-undermining consequences have only just begun.
The program was originally sold as a cost-saving measure. In theory,
modernizing record-collection is a good idea, and many private health
care providers have already made the change. But as with many government
“incentive” programs, the EMR bribe is a tax-subsidized,
one-size-fits-all mandate. This one pressures health care professionals
and hospitals across the country into radically federalizing their
patient data and opening up medical information to untold abuse.
Penalties kick in for any provider that hasn’t switched over by 2014.
So, what’s it to you? Well, $4 billion has already gone out to 82,535
professionals and 1,474 hospitals, and a total of $6 billion will be
doled out by 2016. But the feds’ reckless profligacy, neglect and
favoritism have done more harm than good.
Don’t take my word for it. A recent report released by the Department of
Health and Human Services Inspector General acknowledged that the
incentive system is “vulnerable to paying incentives to professionals
and hospitals that do not fully meet” the program’s quality assurance
requirements. The federal health bureaucracy “has not implemented strong
prepayment safeguards, and its ability to safeguard incentive payments
postpayment is also limited,” the IG concluded.
Translation: No one is actually verifying whether the transition from
paper to electronic is improving patient outcomes and health services.
No one is actually guarding against GIGO (garbage in, garbage out). No
one is checking whether recipients of the EMR incentives are receiving
money redundantly (e.g., raking in payments when they’ve already
converted to electronic records). No one is actually protecting private
data from fraud, abuse or exploitation.
Little is being done to recoup ill-gotten payments. In any case, such
“pay and chase” policing after the fact is a crummy way to run
government in lean times — or in fat times, for that matter.
As for the claim that the EMR conversion will reduce paperwork, many
doctors say the reality is just the opposite. In Greensboro, N.C., Dr.
Richard Aronson told local TV station FOX 8 that the mandate doubled the
amount of paperwork in his private practice. Everyone from optometrists
to general practitioners to chiropractors to podiatrists must divert
precious time and resources to conforming with Washington health
bureaucrats’ imposed vision. Some medical professionals are now warning
that the dangerous phenomenon of “distracted doctoring” is on the rise
as a result of data-driven imperatives that direct health care
providers’ attention away from their patients and onto their screens and
hand-held devices.
You know who is benefiting from the initiative? Put on your shocked faces: Obama donors and cronies.
Billionaire Judith Faulkner, Obama’s medical information czar and a
major Democratic contributor, just happens to be the founder and CEO of
Epic Systems — a medical software company that stores nearly 40 percent
of the U.S. population’s health data. Another billion-dollar
patient-record database grant program has doled out money to the
University of Chicago Medical Center (where first lady Michelle Obama
and senior adviser Valerie Jarrett both served in high-paid positions).
As I’ve previously reported, these administration grants circumvent any
and all congressional deliberation as part of Team Obama’s election-year
“We Can’t Wait” initiatives.
Even as the White House touted the move toward gee-whiz 21st-century
electronic databases, health care professionals in the know have
debunked that claim, too. Companies like Faulkner’s, which lobbied
loudest for the mandates and “incentives,” represent traditional hard
drive-dependent software firms that are already dated. As Athenahealth
Chairman and CEO Jonathan Bush, who advocates cloud-computing
alternatives, put it: The Obama electronic records mandate is
“healthcare information technology’s version of cash-for-clunkers.”
Then there’s the still-growing and untold number of doctors nationwide
who are closing up shop or limiting their practices and converting to
“concierge care” to escape this and myriad other Obamacare intrusions.
My own primary care physician in Colorado Springs quit her regular
practice and converted to “concierge care” because of the EMR
imposition.
Creve Coeur, Mo., doctor Shari Cohen made the same move. “The
demands of caring for my patients while navigating through the current
health care delivery systems dictated that I take more and more time
away from patient care and spend an increasing part of my day on the
system itself,” she told the Creve Couer Patch. “Electronic Medical
Records was the final shove for me. It added another whole layer in
interference in the doctor-patient relationship and one I was not sure I
wanted to take on.”
More paperwork. More waste. Less accountability. Less care. Government malpractice at work.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
14 December, 2012
A good woman who respected the life that was in her
***************************
Democrats repenting at leisure
"Act in haste, repent at leisure"
Sixteen Democratic senators who voted for the Affordable Care Act are
asking that one of its fundraising mechanisms, a 2.3 percent tax on
medical devices scheduled to take effect January 1, be delayed.
Echoing arguments made by Republicans against Obamacare, the
Democratic senators say the levy will cost jobs — in a statement Monday,
Sen. Al Franken called it a “job-killing tax” — and also impair
American competitiveness in the medical device field.
The senators, who made the request in a letter to Senate Majority Leader
Harry Reid, are Franken, Richard Durbin, Charles Schumer, Patty Murray,
John Kerry, Kirsten Gillibrand, Amy Klobuchar, Joseph Lieberman, Ben
Nelson, Robert Casey, Debbie Stabenow, Barbara Mikulski, Kay Hagan, Herb
Kohl, Jeanne Shaheen, and Richard Blumenthal. All voted for
Obamacare.
Two other Democrats, senators-elect Joe Donnelly and Elizabeth Warren,
also signed the letter. Donnelly voted for Obamacare as a member
of the House. Warren was not in Congress at the time.
“The medical technology industry directly employs over 400,000 people in
the United States and is responsible for a total of two million skilled
manufacturing jobs,” the senators wrote in a December 4 letter to Reid.
“We must do all we can to ensure that our country maintains its
global leadership position in the medical technology industry and keeps
good jobs here at home.”
Beyond that, the senators say, the medical device industry “has received
little guidance about how to comply with the tax” — a reference to the
apparently confused and halting nature of the Obama administration’s
implementation of Obamacare.
Several of the senators, many of whom have medical device manufacturers
in their states, have opposed the tax for a long time. During the
Obamacare debate, for example, Franken and Klobuchar were among a group
of senators who successfully pushed to reduce the tax. (The device giant
Medtronic is headquartered in Minnesota.)
On Monday, Franken again expressed his opposition to the tax he voted
for. “I want to repeal the medical device tax altogether,” the
senator and former comedian said in a statement. “But I am
concerned that we are running out of time before this job-killing tax
goes into effect. So, for now, the best thing to do to ensure that this
important industry continues to create jobs and producing life-saving
devices is to delay this unwise tax.” Franken and other want Reid
to include a provision to delay the tax in the ongoing fiscal cliff
negotiations.
None of the senators found his or her earlier objections to the tax a
sufficient reason to vote against Obamacare. In December 2009,
with 60 votes in the Senate and a determined Republican opposition,
Democrats needed every vote they could get to pass the president’s
national health care plan. But now, with Obamacare — and the taxes
to fund it — about to become a reality, some of those Democrats are
singing a different tune.
Cause and effect: Americans who voted for Obama now seeing weekly job hours slashed below 30 as Obamacare kicks in
It is the ultimate example of how you reap what you sow: Huge numbers of
American workers who voted for Obama are now seeing their own jobs
slashed below 30 hours a week as employers desperately try to avoid
"Obamacare bankruptcy."
Obamacare mandates for businesses only apply to those working 30 hours a
week or more, and while many businesses do not want to cut workers'
hours, they are being forced to in order to stay afloat. This necessary
action is causing businesses to lose money and become less competitive
while at the same time destroying American jobs.
Some businesses are also slashing job positions in an effort to get
below the 50-employee threshold above which Obamacare mandates kick in.
So across the country, we're not only seeing workers lose hours thanks
to Obamacare; we're also seeing workers losing their jobs.
But the Obama administration will announce these results to be a huge
"job creation success!" because workers must now find two part-time jobs
that usually pay less than the one full-time job they used to have. The
raw job numbers, however, will be spun by the White House into a
victory pronouncement of "twice as many jobs exist now!"
A note to Obama supporters: When you thought you were voting for "free
health care," you were actually voting to get yourself "downsized." Your
vote was an act of economic suicide. That's because no government can
force a business to pay for something that will put it out of business.
When government mandates become too expensive for a business to afford,
it will simply stop conducting business and that means cutting jobs or
job hours.
Imagine: If Obama announced a new initiative called "double pay for all
workers" and made it a federal law, he would of course win another
popular vote. But employers wouldn't be able to afford the double pay
mandate, so they would start slashing jobs or offshoring jobs, and
that's exactly what we see today. Every employer in America is right now
asking himself these three questions in order to stay above water and
not go bankrupt:
#1) How can we slash workers to under 30 hours a week?
#2) How can we offshore jobs to India or other countries?
#3) How can we cut our total number of employees to under fifty?
This is the upshot of Obamacare: the destruction of America's small businesses.
At the same time small businesses are struggling to afford Obamacare,
mega-corporations like Google are proudly announcing they're paying only
3.5% in taxes thanks to a complex array of global tax-shifting
strategies with names like the "Double Irish" and "Dutch Sandwich." As
Bloomberg recently reported:
"Google Inc. (GOOG) avoided about $2 billion in worldwide income taxes
in 2011 by shifting $9.8 billion in revenues into a Bermuda shell
company, almost double the total from three years before, filings show.
By legally funneling profits from overseas subsidiaries into Bermuda,
which doesn’t have a corporate income tax, Google cut its overall tax
rate almost in half. The amount moved to Bermuda is equivalent to about
80 percent of Google’s total pretax profit in 2011."
So while Google, one of the wealthiest corporations in the world, pays
just 3.5% in TOTAL tax, small businesses across America find themselves
paying 30%, 40%, even 50% of their earnings in total taxes, including
FICA, social security, inventory tax, capital gains and now Obamacare
surcharges and taxes. This is how Obamacare works: Protect the corporate
giants while socking it to small and medium-sized businesses.
Obamacare is gutting America's economy and throwing a wrench into the
economic machinery that keeps America working. You know why service is
so slow at retailers these days? Because Obamacare forced the employer
to slash workers' hours. Why do car parts take so long to order and
deliver? Because Obamacare gutted the human resources of the parts
manufacturers. Why is everything becoming slower, more expensive and
more frustrating across the economy? Because Obamacare mandates have
forced employers to downsize or lay off their most productive workers.
I ask: What good is a health insurance mandate if it destroys your job in the process of being enforced?
The simple truth of all this is that economics is a subject best left to
those people capable of understanding mathematics, and that precludes
the vast majority of voters of either political party. Mathematically
speaking, Obama's so-called "mandate" isn't even a real mandate: Less
than half of eligible voters actually voted in this recent election, and
barely half of those voted for Obama. This means that roughly 75% of
eligible voters didn't vote for Obama, yet they must suffer under his
economic policies which are based in pure fantasy and delusion.
Obama has zero business experience. He has no clue how economics really
works and no knowledge of how to run a successful business, much less
the executive branch of government. I know what it takes to create
multi-million-dollar companies because I've done it successfully and
repeatedly, and I can assure you that the economic policies currently
being pursued in Washington will only destroy jobs, destroy America's
economy and destroy our economic future.
Democrats, it seems, believe the solution to all this is to make
taxpayers pay even more money to the federal government. As we are told
by the lamestream media, apparently the only reason the economy isn't
celebrating a rapid expansion right now is because workers and
businesses are allowed to keep too much of their own incomes. If only
Washington D.C. had more of your money, they would use it more wisely,
we're told, and fix all our problems. Obamacare is just the beginning:
power-hungry zealots like Obama have plans for centralizing control and
running everything in your life: health care, food choices, educational
choices, private property, energy consumption, home gardening and
anything else you might imagine.
Instead of blaming Obama, of course, the vast majority of the
recently-unemployed will blame their employer! "How dare you cut my
hours!" they will scream, oblivious to the fact that their employer did
NOT want to cut their hours but was forced to by a cabal of economic
morons in Washington who are dismantling America's economy one piece of
legislation at a time.
Michigan has passed a modest labor reform, and the result has been
threats and violence from Democratic elected officials and their union
henchmen. While this is deplorable, it is not surprising: Organized
labor’s business model is mechanically identical to extortion, and it is
in the nature of the extortionist’s trade to resort to violence when
frustrated.
To hear the Democrats tell the tale, you would think that Governor Rick
Snyder and Michigan’s Republican-controlled legislature had abolished
unions. In fact, the legislation merely prohibits unions from forcing
workers to pay dues to them as a condition of employment, which is why
such measures are called “right-to-work laws.” The law imposes no
limitation on unions’ ability to organize, to engage in collective
bargaining, or to strike. It merely forbids them to take money out of
the pockets of workers who do not wish to join them.
In response, Democratic legislator Douglas Geiss declared on the floor
of the state house: “There will be blood. There will be repercussions.”
And indeed there were: Knife-wielding partisans brought down a tent on
representatives from the conservative group Americans for Prosperity —
women and children among them — and roughed up bystanders. Fox News
contributor Steven Crowder was beaten by the same mob, punched
repeatedly in the face. See below.
Union thug in action
Michigan is the 24th state to enact a right-to-work law, and the most
heavily unionized state to do so. Even though Michigan is the heartland
of the United Auto Workers, only 17.5 percent of the state’s workers
belong to unions, and most of the state’s union members are government
employees. Indeed, so many government-school employees called in sick to
protest the right-to-work bill that some school districts had to be
shut down. (Not that Michigan’s schools are doing Michiganders much
good: The share of Michigan eighth-graders who perform proficiently in
math and science is 29.4 and 16.5 percent respectively, suggesting that
very few of them will be ready for the high-tech manufacturing jobs that
are the pride of the state’s economy.) Michigan was inspired to pursue
reforms in no small part by the example of Indiana, which saw its
business-recruiting prospects improve after enacting right-to-work
reform.
One reason why Michigan kids do so poorly at school?
Right-to-work laws do not necessarily hobble unions; rather, they force
unions to compete for resources and prove their value to their workers.
Some unions provide obvious value: In places in which private-sector
unions already are strongly established, right-to-work laws have in fact
had little effect on union membership. The critical difference is that
workers have a choice. This is a principle that should be codified in
law in every state, and at the federal level as well. Someday, an
ambitious Republican congressional majority should simply repeal the
corrosive National Labor Relations Act and be done with it. But until
that time, the right will proceed state by state.
Democrats are panicked by the spread of right-to-work reforms because
the mandatory deduction of dues from the paychecks of public-sector
employees provides the party’s financial lifeblood. There are not that
many UAW members or Teamsters in the country, but there are legions of
bureaucrats, school workers, and surly DMV clerks — and, through its
relationship with the public-sector unions, the Democratic party has a
direct pipeline into the pockets of practically each and every one of
them. The shrieking in Michigan isn’t about workingmen’s wages, but
campaign coffers. That is why there is blood.
Republican legislators voted Tuesday to make Michigan the 24th state in
the nation to protect an essential civil liberty: the right to work for a
living without being required to join or pay money to a labor union.
Governor Rick Snyder signed the new laws – one dealing with
private-sector employees, one covering government employment – a few
hours later, hailing them as "pro-worker and pro-Michigan."
Big Labor and its allies, of course, are furiously denouncing this as
"union busting" and worse. President Obama told union members at a
Michigan engine plant on Monday that "so-called right to work laws" are
an attempt "to take away your rights to bargain for better wages or
working conditions." Democratic congressman Sander Levin fumed on PBS
that backers of right-to-work laws want "to snuff out the voice in the
workplace, to destroy collective bargaining." Thousands of union
activists descended on the state Capitol in Lansing, feverishly
protesting what the United Auto Workers hyperbolically labels "the worst
anti-worker legislation Michigan has ever seen."
But fewer and fewer people are swayed by such over-the-top rhetoric.
Even in Michigan, where the UAW was launched 75 years ago and which has
long been thought of as an organized-labor stronghold, unions'
strong-arm tactics no longer compel the deference they once did. On
Election Day, Michigan voters comfortably backed Obama over Mitt Romney,
while simultaneously spurning – by a 15-point margin – a union-promoted
measure that would have cemented collective bargaining into the state
constitution.
Labor unions commanded greater public affection back when they relied
more on the power of persuasion than on the persuasion of power. In a
1957 Gallup Poll, 75 percent of Americans said they approved of unions.
Today union approval stands at just 52 percent, while a plurality of
Americans says that unions should have less influence, not more.
Michigan may be America's fifth-most unionized state, but even there
most residents want little to do with organized labor. Union members
account for just 17.5 percent of Michigan's workforce.
The advantage of right-to-work laws is hard to miss. As analyst F.
Vincent Vernuccio of the Mackinac Center for Public Policy, a
market-oriented Michigan think tank, notes, workers "vote with their
feet." Since 1970, the population of right-to-work states has doubled,
while in states that allow compulsory unionism, the population has only
grown by one-third. "The exodus route is clear," Vernuccio writes.
Between 2000 and 2010, there has been a net domestic migration of nearly
5 million people from states that lack right-to-work protection to
states that confer them. Is it sheer coincidence that over the last
decade, inflation-adjusted compensation in right-to-work states grew by
almost 12 percent compared to just 3 percent in non-right-to-work
states? Or that in CNBC's latest ranking of the "Top States for
Business," all but two of the top 15 are right-to-work states?
To witness the growth a right-to-work environment makes possible,
Michigan legislators need gaze no farther than neighboring Indiana,
which banned compulsory unionism early in 2012. Since January, the
Hoosier State has added 43,300 jobs. Michigan has lost 4,200.
But the economic gains are secondary. The essential issue is liberty.
Every American worker should have the right to join a labor union. And
also the right not to.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
***************************
13 December, 2012
CUT Capital Gains Tax Rate To Boost Government Revenue
If President Obama and Congress want more tax revenue as part of a deal
to avoid the fiscal cliff, they should consider cutting the capital
gains tax rate.
Since 1981, every four-year period after the capital gains tax rate was
reduced saw an increase in the amount of capital gains revenue the
government received.
President Obama not only insists that the Bush tax cuts expire for the
top 2% of income earners, he wants a hike in the capital gains rate to
20% from 15%.
With other changes, including a new 3.8% ObamaCare-Medicare tax on
investment income, the effective top capital gains tax rate will rise to
25%.
"Raising the capital gains rate will most likely reduce revenue," said
Will McBride, chief economist at the conservative Tax Foundation.
"That's based on a long history of capital gains changes since World War
II."
Cap Gains Tax Hike Backfires
The one time the capital gains tax rate was increased since 1981 was in
1987, from 20% to 28%. From 1987-90, capital gains revenue fell from
$33.7 billion to $27.8 billion, with an average annual decline of
-12.8%.
Capital gains tax rates were cut from 28% to 20% in 1981, again from 28%
to 20% in 1997, and from 20% to 15% in 2003. Capital gains tax revenues
grew by an annual average of 15.8% from 1981-84, 17.8% from 1997-2000,
and 25.5% from 2003-06.
"One of the worst things you can tax is capital formation," said
McBride. "When you increase the capital gains rate, you increase the tax
on using equities to finance investing."
When the capital gains rate was reduced from 20% to 15% in 2003, capital
gains revenue grew about $2 billion from 2002. In 2004, when the 15%
rate was in effect for a full year, capital gains revenue rose to $73
billion, a nearly $22 billion increase from 2003. Capital gains revenue
continued to rise, peaking at $137 billion in 2007. From 2003-07, the
U.S. government collected about $155 billion more in capital gains
revenue than the Congressional Budget Office had predicted.
Going back further than 1981 shows a similar effect. From 1968-76, the
capital gains rate rose each year, going from 25% to 39.875%. During
that period, the average annual growth rate in cap ital gains taxes was
9.8%. From 1954-67, the capital gains rate stayed at 25% every year.
Average annual growth during that span was a more-robust 14.1%.
Raising capital gains rates isn't just a loser for the federal budget.
"It's a bigger loser for the private economy," said McBride. "Our
simulations find that by far and away, the biggest danger to the economy
in the fiscal cliff is an increase in the capital gains and dividend
rate."
Obama would also hike the tax rate on dividends by taxing them as
regular income as they were before the Bush tax cuts. That would
increase the top rate on dividends from 15% to 39.5%. With the ObamaCare
tax and other changes, the payout tax rate would nearly triple to
44.6%.
The Tax Foundation modeled the impact of letting all the Bush tax cuts
expire, not just for those in the top 2%. That would reduce GDP by more
than 9% over 10 years with nearly two-thirds of that due to the higher
investment tax rates. Those hikes would reduce federal revenues by about
$158 billion over 10 years.
'Fairness' Vs. Finances
Despite the evidence, neither Obama nor congressional Republicans are
proposing to cut the current capital gains tax rate as part of a fiscal
cliff deal.
Obama is committed to the rich paying more as a matter of "fairness." In
a 2008 debate, he said he'd raise the capital gains rate "for purposes
of fairness" even when the moderator noted that such cuts had increased
revenue.
Meanwhile, GOP lawmakers being hammered as the party of the rich aren't eager to propose a capital gains tax cut.
Kristof of the NYT has an epiphany about the ill effects of welfare payments:
THIS is what poverty sometimes looks like in America: parents here in
Appalachian hill country pulling their children out of literacy classes.
Moms and dads fear that if kids learn to read, they are less likely to
qualify for a monthly check for having an intellectual disability.
Many people in hillside mobile homes here are poor and desperate, and a
$698 monthly check per child from the Supplemental Security Income
program goes a long way — and those checks continue until the child
turns 18.
“The kids get taken out of the program because the parents are going to
lose the check,” said Billie Oaks, who runs a literacy program here in
Breathitt County, a poor part of Kentucky. “It’s heartbreaking.”
This is painful for a liberal to admit, but conservatives have a point
when they suggest that America’s safety net can sometimes entangle
people in a soul-crushing dependency. Our poverty programs do rescue
many people, but other times they backfire.
Some young people here don’t join the military (a traditional escape
route for poor, rural Americans) because it’s easier to rely on food
stamps and disability payments.
Antipoverty programs also discourage marriage: In a means-tested program
like S.S.I., a woman raising a child may receive a bigger check if she
refrains from marrying that hard-working guy she likes. Yet marriage is
one of the best forces to blunt poverty. In married couple households
only one child in 10 grows up in poverty, while almost half do in
single-mother households.
Most wrenching of all are the parents who think it’s best if a child
stays illiterate, because then the family may be able to claim a
disability check each month.
“One of the ways you get on this program is having problems in school,”
notes Richard V. Burkhauser, a Cornell University economist who co-wrote
a book last year about these disability programs. “If you do better in
school, you threaten the income of the parents. It’s a terrible
incentive.”
About four decades ago, most of the children S.S.I. covered had severe
physical handicaps or mental retardation that made it difficult for
parents to hold jobs — about 1 percent of all poor children. But now 55
percent of the disabilities it covers are fuzzier intellectual
disabilities short of mental retardation, where the diagnosis is less
clear-cut. More than 1.2 million children across America — a full 8
percent of all low-income children — are now enrolled in S.S.I. as
disabled, at an annual cost of more than $9 billion.
That is a burden on taxpayers, of course, but it can be even worse for
children whose families have a huge stake in their failing in school.
Those kids may never recover: a 2009 study found that nearly two-thirds
of these children make the transition at age 18 into S.S.I. for the
adult disabled. They may never hold a job in their entire lives and are
condemned to a life of poverty on the dole — and that’s the outcome of a
program intended to fight poverty.
THERE’S no doubt that some families with seriously disabled children
receive a lifeline from S.S.I. But the bottom line is that we shouldn’t
try to fight poverty with a program that sometimes perpetuates it.
A local school district official, Melanie Stevens, puts it this way:
“The greatest challenge we face as educators is how to break that
dependency on government. In second grade, they have a dream. In seventh
grade, they have a plan.”
For months, pundits and politicians have been saying that Americans have
a math problem. They have a point, for Mr. Obama routinely champions
the idea that running annual deficits in excess of $1 trillion dollars
can be continued, simply by requiring Americans to pay $200 billion in
taxes more each year. Anyone with a 3rd grade grasp of math has long ago
come to the conclusion that even if Mr. Obama gets his way, huge annual
deficits will remain, and the nation cannot sustain the current level
of profligate spending indefinitely. Somehow, contrary to all known
mathematics principles, and contrary to all common sense, in the mind of
our president, the math works.
Now, even our language is under assault. Americans are no longer arguing
about increasingly misleading and dodgy ways to represent the budget
numbers, but are now battling over the meaning of the words being used
by both sides in these arguments.
Consider Mr. Obama’s primary contention that the millionaires and
billionaires (defined, without any sense of irony, as those making
$250,000 a year) need to pay “just a little bit more” in taxes. The
president contends that raising taxes to 39% on the top 2% will generate
$1.6 trillion dollars over 10 years with no adverse effects to job
growth.
* Barack Obama, has said "We can make another trillion or
trillion-two, and ask for the wealthy to pay a little bit more."
* Harry Reid, Senate Majority Leader, has said: "people making all this money have to contribute a little bit more,"
* Dick Durbin, Senate Majority Whip, has said; "let the tax
rates go up to 39 percent", that's it's okay for the wealthy to pay
"just a bit more".
* According to Sen. Patty Murray (D-WA), "At a time when
middle class families continue to struggle, it’s only fair to call on
the wealthiest Americans to pay just a bit more toward their fair
share,” Murray said after the vote".
* Peter Orszag (former head of OMB) claims: calling
for the wealthy to pay "just a bit more" in order to achieve needed
compromise on taxes and debt, is a reasonable and moderate approach.
However, in the Democrat's lexicon, what constitutes "just a bit more"
changes dramatically when referring to calls for cuts of $400 billion in
entitlement reform. Suddenly, much smaller calls for cuts of $400
billion are defined as imprudent "hacking away", "a gusher" and
"hemorrhaging.", Yet, the president's plan to raise $1.6 trillion (or
about 4 times that amount) in new taxes are described as “just a little
bit.”
Remember the Paul Ryan Budget that called for $1.4 trillion in cuts to
Medicaid? That plan was quickly called a "draconian", effort to punish
the poor and elderly. If $1.6 trillion is defined by Mr. Obama as “just a
little bit”, how then can a smaller number be defined as a draconian
slash designed to punish? But, all of this, Mr. Obama tells us, is in
the pursuit of a “balanced approach”.
Words do matter, and according to Socrates' Law of Identity, A=A. Or, as
John Stuart Mill explains: "Whatever is true in one form of words, is
true in every other form of words, which conveys the same meaning". So,
if 1.6 trillion dollars is "gouging" and "draconian" when talking about
entitlement spending cuts, then $1.6 trillion dollars is "gouging" and
"draconian" when talking about tax increases.
We seem to have reached a sad impasse: even before members of Congress
can agree on a course of action to avert the fiscal cliff, they need to
agree on what words they use.
During the last election, Democrats proved their ability to inflame and
to misdirect attention away from the president's failed policies, while
obfuscating the very real financial crisis our country is facing.
Inciting class warfare and racial tensions with the careful use of
loaded words has become a Democrat stock in trade whenever there are
difficult policy decisions to be made. The question is: how can
Republicans negotiate with Democrats when the two parties clearly speak
different languages?
With all the talk about taxing the rich, we hear very little talk about
taxing the poor. Yet the marginal tax rate on someone living in poverty
can sometimes be higher than the marginal tax rate on millionaires.
While it is true that nearly half the households in the country pay no
income tax at all, the apparently simple word "tax" has many
complications that can be a challenge for even professional economists
to untangle.
If you define a tax as only those things that the government chooses to
call a tax, you get a radically different picture from what you get when
you say, "If it looks like a tax, acts like a tax and takes away your
resources like a tax, then it's a tax."
One of the biggest, and one of the oldest, taxes in this latter sense is
inflation. Governments have stolen their people's resources this way,
not just for centuries, but for thousands of years.
Hyperinflation can take virtually your entire life's savings, without
the government having to bother raising the official tax rate at all.
The Weimar Republic in Germany in the 1920s had thousands of printing
presses turning out vast amounts of money, which the government could
then spend to pay for whatever it wanted to pay for.
Of course, prices skyrocketed with vastly more money in circulation.
Many people's life savings would not buy a loaf of bread. For all
practical purposes, they had been robbed, big time.
A rising demagogue coined the phrase "starving billionaires," because
even a billion Deutschmarks was not enough to feed your family. That
demagogue was Adolf Hitler, and the public's loss of faith in their
irresponsible government may well have contributed toward his Nazi
movement's growth.
Most inflation does not reach that level, but the government can quietly
steal a lot of your wealth with much lower rates of inflation. For
example a $100 bill at the end of the 20th century would buy less than a
$20 bill would buy in 1960.
If you put $1,000 in your piggy bank in 1960 and took it out to spend in
2000, you would discover that your money had, over time, lost 80
percent of its value.
Despite all the political rhetoric today about how nobody's taxes will
be raised, except for "the rich," inflation transfers a percentage of
everybody's wealth to a government that expands the money supply.
Moreover, inflation takes the same percentage from the poorest person in
the country as it does from the richest.
That's not all. Income taxes only transfer money from your current
income to the government, but it does not touch whatever money you may
have saved over the years. With inflation, the government takes the same
cut out of both.
It is bad enough when the poorest have to turn over the same share of
their assets to the government as the richest do, but it is grotesque
when the government puts a bigger bite on the poorest. This can happen
because the rich can more easily convert their assets from money into
things like real estate, gold or other assets whose value rises with
inflation. But a welfare mother is unlikely to be able to buy real
estate or gold. She can put a few dollars aside in a jar somewhere. But
wherever she may hide it, inflation can steal value from it without
having to lay a hand on it.
No wonder the Federal Reserve uses fancy words like "quantitative
easing," instead of saying in plain English that they are essentially
just printing more money.
The biggest and most deadly "tax" rate on the poor comes from a loss of
various welfare state benefits-- food stamps, housing subsidies and the
like-- if their income goes up.
Someone who is trying to climb out of poverty by working their way up
can easily reach a point where a $10,000 increase in pay can cost them
$15,000 in lost benefits that they no longer qualify for. That amounts
to a marginal tax rate of 150 percent-- far more than millionaires pay.
Some government policies help some people at the expense of other
people. But some policies can hurt welfare recipients, the taxpayers and
others, all at the same time, even though in different ways.
Why? Because we are too easily impressed by lofty political rhetoric and too little interested in the reality behind the words.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
12 December, 2012
The American Welfare State
Throughout the presidential campaign, Republican candidates pointed to
the number of food stamp recipients -- increasing from 33 million people
in 2009 to 43 million in 2012 -- as a sign that poverty had skyrocketed
under President Obama. But a new study suggests that the reason there
has been such an increase in food stamp recipients during the last four
years is even more pernicious.
The study's authors, George Mason University's David Armor and Sonia
Sousa, argue that the food stamp program can no longer be regarded as an
anti-poverty program because nearly half of its recipients are above
the poverty line, many of them substantially so. And other anti-poverty
programs have an even higher percentage of the non-poor among their
recipients.
Armor and Sousa reported their findings in "Restoring a True Safety
Net," an article published in the public policy magazine National
Affairs. The study examined spending over the last thirty years for
federal anti-poverty programs providing nutrition, health care, housing
and cash assistance for the supposed poor. They show that the explosion
in costs for these programs has little to do with the higher numbers of
Americans who have fallen into poverty since the Great Recession (as the
authors dub the economic downturn that began in 2008).
Spending for poverty programs received a big boost during the Bush
years, a $100 billion increase over eight years. But the Obama spending
spree dwarfed those increases. In his first two years in office,
President Obama increased such spending by $150 billion, some of it in
the 2009 stimulus package. The portion of the federal budget now
attributable to fighting the "war on poverty" is now roughly equal to
the entire defense budget ($666 billion compared to $693 billion),
slightly less than spending on Social Security ($700 billion), but more
than on Medicare ($551 billion). Taken together, federal spending on
income transfers and other social benefits are now 2.76 times greater
than spending for national defense.
How did this happen? The major changes occurred when the government
allowed more lenient standards for eligibility for benefits. Most of
these programs were originally designed to help those who lived below
the official poverty line, which in 2011 was $11,702 for a single person
and $22,811 for a family of four. But over the years, the federal
government has lowered the threshold so that even those earning twice
the income considered below poverty still qualify.
States play a role in determining who qualifies as well; and in several
states, a family of four with income of over $45,000 a year is eligible
to receive benefits. According to the study, over half of the recipients
of food stamps (now known as the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance
Program or SNAP), have income above the poverty line. Of the 40.3
million receiving food stamps in 2010 (the last year for which detailed
figures are available), 20.4 were above the poverty cut-off. Of these, a
whopping 8 million have income twice the poverty level.
And the non-poor receive more benefits than food stamps. Those living at
133-200 percent or more of the poverty level also constitute the
greatest number of beneficiaries of Medicaid and the Children's Health
Insurance Program. Even Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF),
which gives cash benefits to those supposedly in need, now supports
those whose incomes are twice the official poverty definition; indeed 40
percent of TANF funds go to families whose incomes are more than 200
percent of poverty.
The policy implications of these findings are enormous. What once were
programs to provide a safety net for the truly poor are now programs to
boost the living standards of the lower middle class. More importantly,
these changes reflect a sea change in social and economic policy. Those
who have warned that America is heading toward a welfare state are
wrong. We are already there. As Congress and White House officials
debate the fiscal crisis, the failure to deal with the burgeoning
dependency of millions of Americans will doom any long-term, viable
solution.
I was shocked by something I heard from one of my friend’s sons the
other day. He is a college graduate with a business degree and
fortunately has a job. We were all talking about the fiscal cliff
and how it would affect people making over $250K a year. His
reaction to the top rate rising to 39% along with the California State
tax increase due to Proposition 30 prompted him to say, “Whew, I think I
dodged a bullet! I was up for a promotion with a pay raise but someone
else got it. I’m pretty sure my taxable income will be under the level
where I would have gotten punished.” PUNISHED.
He was basically saying that he would rather earn less and stop
advancing in his career than be hit with massive taxes. I asked
him to explain and he said that basically he didn’t want to work and
then fork over 50% or more of his earnings to the government. He
said that he had gone to school, studied hard and gotten a job but was
still burdened with excessive student loans and he felt that with that
hanging over his head he couldn’t afford to pay more in taxes.
As for buying a home and starting a family, well that was not even an
option for him. He said that if they were talking about taking
away the mortgage home deduction then why buy a house anyway?
This is where we have come in this country. It is now a better
option to take a lower paying job, rent a home or live with mom and take
government benefits than it is to climb up the ladder to success.
The American dream is fading folks. Like an old photograph
from a Polaroid instant camera, the picture is slowly disintegrating.
Our entitlement society is out of control. It is a sad fact that a head
of a household of four making minimum wage has more disposable income
than a family making $60,000 a year. In an article in August 2010
this issue was discussed in The National Review.
“In many cases, economists have calculated, welfare recipients who
enter the work force or receive pay raises lose a dollar or more of
benefits for each additional dollar they earn. The system makes fools of
those who work hard.
“Recently the chairmen of two important subcommittees on Capitol Hill
convened a hearing on this issue. The hearing elicited some revealing
testimony from one of the chairmen’s congressional colleagues.”
“The more benefits the government provides, the stronger the
disincentive to work,” Representative Geoff Davis (R., Ky.) pointed out.
The great irony, he added, is that although federal welfare programs
“are designed to alleviate poverty while promoting work,” collectively
they have “an unintended side effect of discouraging harder work and
higher earnings.”
Less work and lower earnings, in turn, translate into greater dependency
on the government — and zero or even downward social and economic
mobility for those mired in poverty.”
Working women who are single with children often forego a raise because
it would push them into the dilemma of losing Title 20 daycare if they
made more money. There are over 70 Federal welfare programs right
now and the list will continue to grow under Obama. If a person
works and climbs the ladder, they will become disqualified for these
programs and lose all of the benefits that they have become so
accustomed to.
This creates a moral dilemma. When good people continue to stay on
unemployment because taking a job would not pay them as much as their
benefit, how can you really blame them? We don’t live in a culture
where people are embarrassed to ask for a handout. It is so easy
just to file for benefits by computer, have the funds deposited directly
into your bank account or take your EBT credit card to buy anything you
want. There is no shame in taking government assistance, you are
entitled to it.
“Today, more people than ever before—67.3 million Americans, from
college students to retirees to welfare beneficiaries—depend on the
federal government for housing, food, income, student aid, or other
assistance once considered to be the responsibility of individuals,
families, neighborhoods, churches, and other civil society institutions.
The United States reached another milestone in 2010: For the first time
in history, half the population pays no federal income taxes.” -
National Review
So the tipping point has been reached and now the government is
scrambling to grab any and all money that working people make just to
pay these entitlements. Unfortunately, the American people are
waking up and becoming more like the young man I talked to. They
are seeing that their hard work and effort is not benefiting their own
families, but being redistributed to others; some who need it and others
who just don’t bother to work. Look at the major companies that
are paying out dividends before the huge taxes kick in. They can
see the writing on the wall and are preparing for it.
The young already know that they will probably never see social security
or Medicare benefits in their lifetime yet they see it withdrawn from
their checks every week. They are the ones sensing the
“unfairness” of all of this, not the people reaping the benefits.
This is NOT America, this is not who we are as a country. If we
don’t stop punishing success and achievement, future American
generations (if there are any) will be content to sit at home and count
their government goodies but will never excel at anything, never strive
to be anything. There will be no incentive to achieve success.
Why should you? It will just be taken away.
Once the so-called “rich” have been drained dry the only option left for
the government will be to just keep printing money. That lasts
until the economy collapses in on itself and by that time the country we
knew will be just like that fading Polaroid, a memory.
Perhaps it is time for Congress to zero out the budget of the Bureau of
Labor Statistics, an agency of the Department of Labor whose data is so
important to financial markets that figuring out how to protect it
against its early release has become a major debate in the halls of the
Frances Perkins Building.
Why? Their work has become increasingly irrelevant.
This morning the Labor Department announced that the unemployment rate
dropped from 7.9 to 7.7 percent. The economy must be booming.
Only one problem: the same report shows that 122,000 fewer Americans were employed in November than in October.
What? This disconnect is why the unemployment rate has become the
most meaningless economic statistic released by the government. What’s
worse is that it duplicates private-sector efforts that are more
reflective of what is happening in the economy.
Both ADP with its payroll survey and Gallup with a traditional
employment survey actually accomplish what the Labor Department attempts
to do without costing taxpayers a dime.
This is not a debate about whether the Labor Department numbers are
correct or not: it is a question of whether they are relevant or even a
necessary government function.
Given the divergence between the announced unemployment rate and the
actual number of people employed, it just may be time for the Labor
Department to get out of the statistical survey game altogether.
As the Senate is currently being asked to decide whether to confirm a
new commissioner to lead the Bureau of Labor Statistics, they should ask
the real question. Is the bureau performing a necessary function that
cannot be done by the private sector?
Since the answer is no, there really is no excuse for either confirming a
new commissioner, or continuing to fund the agency itself. After all,
I’m sure if the government statisticians were measuring the economy from
the unemployment lines, they might have a chance of getting a true
picture of our nation’s employment situation.
Ten Things to Say to an Obama Voter Who Just Got Laid Off
1. "Hey, at least that successful Mormon businessman didn't win."
2. "Didn't your lady parts warn you this would happen?"
3. "Look at the Bright Side, Gay marriage passed in four states."
4. "Hey, Big Bird still has a job. Isn't that the important thing?"
5. "I am sure Obama cares deeply about your situation. Maybe he'll send you a postcard from Hawaii."
6. "Well, look at the bright side, Rush Limbaugh is getting a massive tax increase."
7. "Hey! Now you'll have more time to play with your unicorn."
8. "Isn't it worth losing your job to know that religious organizations now have to pay for abortions and contraceptives?"
9. "Well, now you and Keith Olbermann have something else in common."
10. "Forward!"
From George Roper
******************************
ELSEWHERE
“Riding” Social Security off a cliff:
"As currently arranged, Social Security allows today’s retirees
to free-ride on other people’s money. By voting for candidates who
promise to maintain (or even better, to increase) Social Security’s
stream of payments to each retiree, retirees free-ride on the earnings
of current workers. Or if Uncle Sam borrows the money to pay today’s
retirees, these retirees free-ride on the earnings of future workers,
who will be taxed so that Uncle Sam can repay his creditors."
Two of a kind:
"For all those who think that our deficit is caused by a dearth
of revenue, consider this thought experiment. In 2012, the federal
government will spend $3.56 trillion. Last week's Powerball jackpot was a
reported $587.5 million, the largest winning Powerball payout ever. In
order to finance current spending, the federal government would have to
hit that jackpot 6,570 times. As recently as fiscal year 2001, President
Clinton's last budget, federal spending amounted to just $1.9
trillion."
UP the fiscal cliff?:
"Regarding the so-called fiscal cliff; the President wants to
increase taxes on those earning $250,000 or more per year. He says
it is to reduce the deficit. But it will have almost no effect on
the deficit. Many of us predict that the next step he will take if he
gets the $250,000 is to say, 'Oops, that did not help much, let’s go to
$200,000'."
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
11 December, 2012
Free market's lessons go untaught and unlearned -- particularly in CA
Advocates for bigger government – which is just about everyone these
days, it seems – believe that government is the most efficient and
humane provider of goods and services. It's such a bizarre way of
viewing the world, but lessons about the wonders of the free market
apparently aren't taught anywhere anymore.
The presidential election and ongoing debates in the California
Legislature illustrate this frightening phenomenon. Voters chose a
president who has an undying faith in the power of government, and even
the Republican candidate failed to clearly explain his most-obvious
advantage – why free enterprise is superior to government coercion.
I don't like to toss around pejoratives such as "socialist," but what do
you call a state Legislature where the dominant faction seethes with
hostility toward private firms and does little more than hatch plans to
create new government programs? This in spite of the fact that,
wherever we look, government fails.
The Sacramento Bee recently published an instructive article about how a
federal wildlife agency is gaining contracts for pest-control services
of the type that private-sector companies already provide.
One of the basics of government is that it should not assume tasks that
private companies already are doing, but now that government is
seemingly unlimited, no one seems to care about that idea anymore.
In the Agriculture Department's Wildlife Services program, many of the
costs are off the books – i.e., unfunded pension and overhead costs,
which makes it seem as if the agency is more cost competitive than it
really is. Essentially, taxpayers are footing the bill for something
that should be paid for by those who need to contract for such services.
And the government is putting private firms out of business.
But the most instructive aspect of this story is how poorly the agency
provides pest-control services. It is notorious for its ham-fisted
approach to pest management, including killing of endangered species and
a culture in which such deaths are concealed by workers. The agency has
simply ignored calls for reform by members of Congress and activist
groups.
"[Concern] is directed at an agency called Wildlife Services, which is
already under scrutiny for its lethal control of predators and other
animals in the rural West," the Bee reported. "A ... series earlier this
year found the agency targets wildlife in ways that have killed
thousands of nontarget animals, including family pets, and can trigger
unintended, negative ecological consequences."
If a private company operated in such a way, there would be
accountability – legal efforts to control its practices, lawsuits by
people whose family pets were killed due to the company's
irresponsibility, and criminal prosecutions for violations of
environmental laws.
But the government doesn't have to live up to the same laws that apply
to the rest of us. Instead of having to cease and desist, Wildlife
Services goes along its merry way, expanding more deeply into an
activity the private market already is handling in a better and
less-costly way.
As the article pointed out, the federal agency operates in virtual
secrecy, which is another hallmark of government endeavors. Here is the
Bee again: "'It's been such an uphill struggle,' said Erick Wolf, CEO of
a California firm called Innolytics, which developed a form of birth
control for Canada geese and pigeons with help from Wildlife Services'
scientists in Colorado. ...'All they want to do is shoot, trap and
poison,' said Wolf. 'They don't want to consider anything else.'"
Government does not have a bottom line so its incentives are different.
Government agencies often are protected from meaningful oversight. This
is why a federal wildlife agency can wreak havoc on wildlife and why
governments often are the biggest polluters.
These days I even hear people argue that government is the best way to
provide services because there is no profit motive. That reflects an
almost unbelievable level of economic ignorance, but it is a point
officials make as they try to use government's power of eminent domain
against private water companies, for instance.
Businesses need to earn a profit, but the prices of their products are
determined by competition, which relentlessly drives down costs and
increases efficiencies as the less-able providers go out of business.
There is no place to offload private costs onto the public in a free
market, even though some businesses despicably lobby the government for
special privileges and bailouts.
If the advocates for government efficiency were right, then the Soviet
Union – where thousands of unneeded tractors rusted in vacant lots as
the public waited in line for toilet paper – would have been the most
successful economy on the globe. We would all be happily driving
Trabants rather than Toyotas, Fords and Volkswagens.
Even in the face of high taxes, borrowing and debt, the history of
modernity gives us every reason to be optimistic. Economic growth and
the rise in living standards since around 1780 has been immense. In
Britain, not even accounting for improvements in the quality and choice
of consumer products, the average person is 1500% wealthier than their
ancestor in 1780. Crucially, this progress has been the result of
sustained innovation, increasing the productivity of existing processes
and products, and displacing the markets for old goods with newer and
better substitutes in a process of creative destruction. Perhaps more
importantly however, innovation is also able to displace government
provision and restriction of certain goods.
As I pointed out yesterday, innovation trumps all. It was able to make
Britain one of the most prosperous nations even despite its high taxes
and protectionist mercantilism back in 1780. Even on a theoretical
level, the unlimited powers of human ingenuity and imagination will
always be able to find a way around existing physical circumstances.
Right now, it continues to undermine existing policies, forcing
progressive change, with the effects of the internet still being felt.
For example, massive online communities like Fitocracy provide the
incentives to exercise and keep fit. As they grow in popularity and
effectiveness, they may undermine the case for government anti-obesity
interventions. Similarly, sites like Amazon and eBay have their own
internal arbitration and regulation mechanisms for when things go wrong,
reducing the role for external governmental regulators. Even education,
which has experienced little in the way of productivity increases for
centuries, can now be disseminated via free online courses like memrise
to people across the world, without the need for expensive state grants
to both universities and students.
Even in extreme circumstances, innovation is able to markedly increase
living standards while undermining coercive monopolies. For example
across Africa, the diffusion of mobile phones has allowed money to be
transmitted directly to the intended recipients, circumventing corrupt
officials and local elites who were otherwise able to confiscate
physical cash as it changed hands or traveled.
Apart from the effects of the internet, emerging technologies like
additive manufacturing (3D-printing) promise to totally undermine
patenting and copyrighting of physical objects. As it becomes cheaper,
the need for production lines will become increasingly irrelevant,
allowing producers in the home and in business to create products that
are the exact likenesses of otherwise costly brands (much like . Perhaps
design will experience the same constant creative destruction as in the
fashion industry, where only trademarks are protected. Ingenuity has
even been able to circumvent bans on research, for example with recent
breakthroughs in extracting stem cells from blood reopening potential
avenues for future life-saving medical innovations.
The exciting list of innovations is endless, and should give
libertarians and others hope for the future. But we need to keep
defending creative destruction from those who favour envy and
redistribution, as well as acting upon our words. While there is a role
for rhetoric, proving the effectiveness of market exchange and
innovation by being the entrepreneur is also vital. Thankfully, some
have been urging this revolution onwards. Douglas Carswell's new book,
The End of Politics and Birth of iDemocracy, for example, reads as a
manifesto for citizens freeing themselves of state-imposed hierarchy
through sheer ingenuity. So long as our capacity for progress is
celebrated, then we will be able to out-innovate the state.
Have you ever noticed that people who worry about inequality seem to be
focused only on certain kinds of inequality? When they obsess about the
income and wealth of the top 1%, they seem to be bothered by only some
of those at the top, and not others.
For example, have you ever seen Robert Reich or Paul Krugman or any
like-minded complainer bemoan the huge salaries of professional
athletes? What about the stratospheric incomes of rock stars? Or movie
idols? Or super models?
Even more puzzling, when is the last time you saw any of them assailing
worthless heirs? I would guess that a large share of mega gifts to
Barack Obama's presidential campaign came from "trust fund babies."
These are people who are living (and living well) off the assets created
by some deceased capitalist. All too many of the heirs spend a good
part of their lives giving personal and foundation money to…well…to
promote socialism.
Shouldn't there be a Hall of Shame (and maybe an annual award for the
most shameless) to draw attention to the activities of those who use the
fruits of capitalism to try to destroy it?
Something else is odd about the sociology of the anti-inequality crowd.
They seem to be unfazed by inequality created by government.
Take the recent Powerball outcome. At $588 million, it was the largest
lottery prize in history ? to be shared by two ticketholders. In
essence, hundreds of millions of dollars are being transferred from
mostly low-income families in order to create a few super rich
individuals. As I wrote previously:
I can't think of any single act of government that creates
more inequality than the lottery — at least per dollar raised and spent.
Think about it. Thousands of (mostly below-average income) people buy
tickets and, after the drawing, one of them becomes immensely wealthy…
I can't think of anything in the private sector that even begins to
compare to this reverse Robin Hood redistribution from the poor to the
rich and the nouveau riche. And remember, in order to pull it off,
government first has to establish a monopoly, keeping private
competitors (who would at least raise the poor bettor's expected return)
out of the market.
Then there is the entire structure of elderly entitlements. They mainly
take from people who have less and give to people who have more. Social
Security, for example, is funded by a regressive tax on wages and is
distributed to the population group that has the lowest poverty rate of
all. It's not just Warren Buffett who is on the receiving end. In
general, the greater your lifetime income, the larger your monthly
benefit. Medicare is also funded by a regressive tax on wages. Although
the benefits are supposed to be uniform, in reality the zip codes where
the largest Social Security checks are cashed are the places that spend
the most on health care for the elderly.
Think about that last finding for a moment. Throughout the country,
families who are struggling to get by and who cannot afford to buy their
own health insurance are paying 15% of their income to fund hip and
knee replacements for our true leisure class, so they can get back out
on the golf course.
I suspect you could put a 50% tax on all the professional athlete income
above $1 million and it wouldn't change the outcome of a single
football game. Similarly, I think you could really sock it to Hollywood
and even the idle rich without too much economic harm.
But when Paul Krugman writes about the top 1%, this is not who he has in
mind. He is complaining about the incomes of people who run large
companies. He wants their tax rate to be 91%!
I think Ayn Rand may have been right. The left is populated by people
who are not especially bothered by those who become wealthy by virtue of
birth or luck or good fortune. They do not even seem to be bothered by
the winner-take-all feature of professional sports that confers millions
of dollars on some athletes while those who were almost as good
languish in near poverty. No, who they obsess about are the creators,
the builders, the entrepreneurs.
They don't hate the wealthy who don't deserve their wealth. They hate the wealthy who do deserve it.
Postscript: an exception to what I have just written is Joe Nocera, an
economics writer for The New York Times. Last Saturday, he wrote:
[L]otteries may well be the single most insidious way that state
governments raise money. Many of the people who buy lottery tickets are
poor; lotteries are essentially a form of regressive taxation. The odds
against winning a big jackpot are astronomical — far worse than the odds
at an Atlantic City slot machine. The get-rich-quick marketing — by
government, let's not forget — is offensive.
UK: MPs call for drugs decriminalization system:
"The government is being urged by MPs to closely consider a
system of drugs de-criminalisation pioneered in Portugal. The Home
Affairs Committee said it was impressed with the approach to cutting
drug use where people found with small amounts are not always
prosecuted. It also asks ministers to monitor the effects of cannabis
legalisation in other parts of the world. The Home Office rejected its
call for a Royal Commission on UK drugs policy, saying that was 'not
necessary.'"
Belarus: Lukashenko introduces forced employment:
"Belarus' authoritarian president, Alexander Lukashenko, has
decided to stem an exodus of qualified workers to Russia, starting by
banning those who work in wood-processing industries from quitting.
Critics have compared the measure to serfdom and warned that it would
only deepen the former Soviet republic's economic troubles and fuel
protests against Lukashenko."
Higher Medicare age means lower quality of life:
"It’s almost impossible to believe: With the private-sector
economy struggling and politicians worried about government spending,
the biggest proposal on the table is raising the Medicare age to 67.
That would take far more out of household budgets than it would save in
government spending -- and the savings would be short-lived. What’s
more, it would impose terrible hardships on lots of people. Why do the
truly terrible ideas always seem to become the really Big Ideas?"
How US economic warfare provoked Japan’s attack on Pearl Harbor:
"Many people are misled by formalities. They assume, for example,
that the United States went to war against Germany and Japan only after
its declarations of war against these nations in December 1941. In
truth, the United States had been at war for a long time before making
these declarations."
Pearl Harbor: Roosevelt knew:
"Today is the seventy-first anniversary of the Japanese attack on
Pearl Harbor, an act that brought us into World War II, pushed a
reluctant America onto the world stage, and ushered in the age of
empire. The official history of that event is that it was a 'sneak
attack' precipitated by war-crazed Japanese militarists, and that the
totally unprepared Americans -- kept from arming themselves by evil
'isolationists' in Congress and the Republican party -- were caught
completely by surprise. There is, however, one big problem with this
official history: it’s a lie."
There is a new lot of postings by Chris Brand just up -- on his usual vastly "incorrect" themes of race, genes, IQ etc.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
10 December, 2012
The West is signing its own death sentence
Capitalism is, by its nature, dynamic. Attempts to engineer the 'perfect society’ undermine the logic of the free market
Comment from Britain. George Osborne is Britain's fiscal manager ("Chancellor of the Exchequer")
When the Edward Gibbon of the 22nd century comes to write his History of
the Decline and Fall of the West, who will feature in his monumental
study of the collapse of the most successful economic experiment in
human history? In this saga of the mass suicide of the richest nations
on earth, there may be particular reference to those national leaders
who chose to deny the reality that was, from the vantage point of our
future chronicler, so obviously looming. Or maybe the leadership of our
day in Washington, London and Brussels will appear to have been swept
helplessly along by irresistible forces that originated before their
time.
But for us, right here, right now, it matters that Barack Obama and
George Osborne are playing small-time strategic games with their
toy-town enemies while the unutterable economic truth stares them in the
face. (The political leadership of the EU seems to have passed through
the looking glass into a world where the rules of economics do not
apply, so their statements and actions are beyond analysis.) Mr Obama is
locked in an eye-balling contest with a Republican Congress to see who
can end up with more ignominy when the United States goes over the
fiscal cliff. It is clear now that the president will be quite happy to
bring about this apocalypse – which would pull most of the developed
world into interminable recession – if he could be sure that it would
result in long-term electoral damage to his opponents.
Meanwhile, Mr Osborne takes teeny-tiny steps in the direction which is
the only plausible one: little bitty reductions in the welfare programme
to “make work pay” which are barely enough to push those who are
actually working in the black economy off the unemployment rolls, and
fiddly adjustments (almost too small to notice in day-to-day life) to
lessen the burden of tax that bears down on people who are scarcely
self-sustaining, let alone prosperous. Supposedly from opposite sides of
the political divide, the US president and the British Chancellor come
to a surprisingly similar conclusion: it is not feasible to speak the
truth, let alone act on it. The truth being, as this column has often
said, that present levels of public spending and government intervention
in the US, Britain and Europe are unsustainable. The proportion of GDP
which is now being spent by the governments of what used to be called
the “free world” vastly exceeds what it is possible to raise through
taxation without destroying any possibility of creating wealth, and
therefore requires either an intolerable degree of national debt or the
endless printing of progressively more meaningless money – or both.
How on earth did we get here? As every sane political leader knows by
now, this is not just a temporary emergency created by a bizarre fit of
reckless lending: the crash of 2008 simply blew the lid off the real
scandal of western economic governance. Having won the Cold War and
succeeded in settling the great ideological argument of the 20th century
in favour of free-market economics, the nations of the West managed to
bankrupt themselves by insisting that they could fund a lukewarm form of
socialism with the proceeds of capitalism.
What the West took from its defeat of the East was that it must accept
the model of the state as social engineer in order to avert any future
threat to freedom. Capitalism would only be tolerated if government
distributed its wealth evenly across society. The original concept of
social security and welfare provision – that no one should be allowed to
sink into destitution or real want – had to be revisited. The new ideal
was that there should not be inequalities of wealth. The roaring
success of the free market created such unprecedented levels of mass
prosperity that absolute poverty became virtually extinct in western
democracies, so it had to be replaced as a social evil by “relative
poverty”. It was not enough that no one should be genuinely poor (hungry
and without basic necessities): what was demanded now was that no one
should be much worse (or better) off than anyone else. The job of
government was to create a society in which there were no significant
disparities in earnings or standards of living. So it was not just the
unemployed who were given assistance: the low paid had their wages
supplemented by working tax credits and in-work benefits so that their
earnings could be brought up to the arbitrary level which the state had
decided constituted not-poverty.
The paradoxical effect of this is that the only politically acceptable
condition is to be earning just enough to maintain independent life –
and not a penny more. Everybody is steered by the penalties of the tax
system or the gradual withdrawal of benefits into that small space in
the middle between being “rich” (earning over about £40,000 a year) and
being (relatively) poor. As detailed analysis has made clear, the only
group spared by Mr Osborne’s tinkering last week were standard rate tax
payers. Neither rich nor unemployed, these paragons are perfect
exemplars of “fairness”: surviving on an income which makes life just
about bearable but remaining careful always not to allow their
aspirations to propel them beyond their station and its acceptable
earnings level.
This picture of the perfect society – in which disparities of wealth are
eradicated and economic equality is maintained through a vastly complex
and expensive system of state intervention – has been the explicit goal
of the EU virtually since its inception. It had an on-again, off-again
history in Britain until it was locked firmly into the political
infrastructure by Gordon Brown. More unexpectedly, it has now taken root
in the American political culture, where Mr Obama seems determined to
exploit it in his blood-curdling contest with the Republicans. Once
ensconced, this concept undermines the logic of the free-market economy
which funds it.
Capitalism is, by its nature, dynamic: it creates transitory disparities
of wealth constantly as it reinvents itself. Fortunes are made and lost
and, as old industries are replaced by new, the earnings that they
create rise and fall. Punishing those who exceed some momentary average
income and artificially subsidising those who fall below it – as well as
providing for a universal standard of living which bears no relation to
merit or even to need – has now reached the unavoidable, unaffordable
end of the line.
So who will tell the truth – and then act on it? Who will say not just
that welfare must be cut, but that in future the NHS will need to rely
on a system of co-payments? That people will have to provide for their
own retirement because the state pension will be frozen? That without a
radical reduction in government intervention, the free and prosperous
West will have been a brief historical aberration?
“Mah fellow Americans, inflayshun is ow-uh friend…”
If you can pronounce the phonetic wording above – and if it sounds
vaguely familiar – then for better or worse you probably grew up
watching “Saturday Night Live” like I did. The line comes from a late
1970’s skit wherein funny guy Dan Aykroyd was impersonating President
Jimmy Carter.
During his one term as President, Carter addressed the nation numerous
times to try and quell people’s fears about inflation, the economic
malady that defined the era. During those years, Carter announced
several anti-inflation policy measures. He urged Americans to “tighten
their belts” and consume less, in an effort to decrease the demand for
goods and services and, therefore, to get prices to decline
(consumption, by the way, was actually quite stagnant even as prices
rose – hence the problem of “stagflation”). And as he got closer to his
re-election date he looked increasingly anxious, as though he was trying
to convince Americans that he was doing as well as any President could.
In the midst of this, “Saturday Night Live” delivered the definitive
presidential satire. With his impeccable imitation of the President’s
“southern gentlemen” accent, Aykroyd – as President Carter – addressed
the nation one fine Saturday night and told Americans that “our economy
is screwed, blued, and tattooed,” but noted that we could stop fighting
the battle against inflation- because “inflation is our friend.”
Aykroyd was hilarious because his character’s statements were absurd -
no adult in their right mind and certainly no U.S. President would
“embrace inflation” or regard it as a “friend.” President Carter was
desperately trying to assure us that he was ending inflation, and
Aykroyd’s routine illustrated just how desperately the President was
trying to remain in our good favor.
But that was in the 1970’s. Today, just three weeks away from 2013,
there is reason to believe that our President and his Administration –
and perhaps his party, as a whole – is “embracing” recession, as though
it is an appropriate means to a necessary end.
Ron Scherer, Staff Writer at the Christian Science Monitor, was one of
the first to catch-on. He noted in a November 30th news story that in
the midst of the “fiscal cliff” tax rate negotiations, President Obama
had begun to speak on the campaign trail about another $255 billion
stimulus package. Scherer surmised that the President was proposing more
stimulus spending as a means of “offsetting” the impact of his own
proposed tax hikes.
But what, precisely, would need to be “offset,” if President Obama’s
agenda prevails? He just completed a successful re-election campaign
claiming that raising taxes on “rich people” would be good for the
economy, yet it now appears that he wants more stimulus spending as a
means of saving our economy from his own economic policies. This would
seem to be, at the very least, a tacit admission from the President that
raising taxes on individual people – even those awful “rich people”
among us – does, indeed cause a slowdown in economic activity, and may
very well bring about a recession.
Shortly after the President began his new stimulus push, former
Democratic National Committee Chairman (and former presidential
candidate) Howard Dean made some extraordinary remarks of his own about
the economy. In an interview at MSNBC, Dean stated that he wants the
across-the-board income tax increases entailed in the “fiscal cliff”
scenario, and welcomed the resulting outcome. “Will it cause a problem?”
he asked rhetorically. “Yes. There will be a short recession, and it
will be painful.” Yet despite the “painful recession” that will ensue,
Dean expressed exuberance for the higher tax rates and the cuts in
military spending that will result as well.
In a recession, individuals and families often lose. They often lose
jobs, careers, and homes, and sometimes families are torn apart.
Governments that truly prioritize the wellbeing of the citizenry,
usually try to avoid recessions - for these, and other reasons.
But when governmental leaders prioritize their own power and agenda over
and above the wellbeing of the citizens they serve, a “painful
recession” is an acceptable means to an end. You and I may lose our home
or job in an upcoming Obama recession, but that is of little concern.
The President and his party have made it clear that their goal is to
control more private wealth, spend that wealth as they see fit, and make
the citizenry more dependent on government services.
When I was a kid, it was laughable to think that even the inept
President Jimmy Carter was regarding inflation as “our friend.” Today,
all Americans should be sobered by the reality that our President may be
quite intentionally sending us in to recession, as an acceptable means
of accomplishing his objectives.
"Answered Prayers" was the title of the much-discussed and
never-completed last novel of Truman Capote, based on his notion that
having one's dearest wish granted can be even more painful that having
it never come true.
This new Truman Doctrine is about to be tested in the next months and
years for the Democrats. They had their prayers answered in seeing
Obamacare pass, seeing it given a pass by John Roberts and then given
reprieves anew by the recent election. They now face the ordeal of
seeing this huge, complex and unpopular act carried through in the face
of its own contradictions, 30 unhappy Republican governors, and the
sullen resistance of much of a public that never embraced it and likes
it now less than it did before.
What woes could now spring up to haunt them? Here are just a few.
Obama won on the claim we had come through the worst of the crash and
recession, and that things would slowly but surely start to improve. But
wait for the downturn that's likely to hit when smaller business embark
on a new wave of cutbacks, to avoid moving north of Obamacare's
50-employee limit, above which the federal mandates to provide workers
with health care kick in. New hires will not happen, full-time employees
with benefits will become part-timers without out them, and some jobs
may even be axed. For two years, businessmen have postponed their
decisions -- now they will make them. Wait until voters find their jobs,
their hours cut, their premiums rising, their insurers going out of
business and their employers dropping health coverage because of
Obamacare.
And wait till the crunch comes on implementation -- which, on the
evidence, is not going well so far. Only 14 states have agreed to expand
Medicaid since the Supreme Court allowed them to opt out. Only 17
states have committed to run their own insurance exchanges, six want a
mixed or state-federal model, and the rest are in no hurry to help
things along. The states drag their feet, the Department of Health and
Human Services sputters, and you have a mess, which is bound to get even
messier. Which is what the liberals fear.
Answered prayer No. 1 was for health care to pass, but it led to the Tea
Party, the loss of Democrats' filibuster-proof edge in the Senate and a
shattering loss of the House.
Prayer No. 2 was the Supreme Court decision, which also came with the
cost-free exception from the expansion of Medicaid, which may lead to a
lingering death, not a quick one.
Prayer No. 3 was Obama's re-election, with a substantial attrition in
his vote totals. This leaves to Obama the problem of implementing
Obamacare in a political climate where Gallup found, for the first time
since the question was asked, that voters feel that securing health care
for everyone is not the government's obligation.
"What matters now," says pollster Scott Rasmussen, "is not how the law
was passed, but how it will be perceived in the future." That is to say,
it all depends on how well or how poorly implementation works out.
If all goes smoothly and on schedule, and if costs come down as
promised, it will vindicate the Democrats' view that government is the
solution. If the opposite happens, which now seems more likely, it will
prove that this new Truman Doctrine was right.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
9 December, 2012
Forget the Demographics, We Need to Teach the Kids
After last month’s election, I had a series of conversations with
friends and family regarding the results, and why they thought President
Obama was re-elected despite the deplorable condition of the U.S.
economy and his oft-stated positions opposed to any real reforms except
for raising taxes – “Ask the rich to pay a little bit more.”
One liberal friend said the parties were basically tied on economics
(because the subject is wonky and hard for the average guy to
understand) but it was the GOP’s positions on social issues that brought
Romney down, specifically abortion and “gay rights.” And similar to
Mitt Romney’s post-election explanations, several conservatives blamed
giveaways to Democrat constituencies as the cause of his defeat.
Like Bill O’Reilly is fond of saying, people just want “stuff.”
While I may not agree with all the points made by the cross-sample, what
was most astonishing were the answers given by the younger folks I
talked with – and therein lies the problem for conservatives in turning
our political fortunes around.
“Mitt Romney wants to take away women’s rights.”
“I think two people who are in love should be able to get married, and Republicans tell them they can’t.”
“Women should be able to terminate a pregnancy, and it’s nobody else’s business.”
“Obama is cool. Romney’s old.”
Not a single one of them mentioned the Constitution or the role of
government. Most of these kids sounded like they’re shaping their
political worldview based on what they read on Facebook and Twitter.
I know from observations that most of them know how to use the internet
and phones to communicate in just about every way possible, but when
asked about the size of the national debt, they don’t have a clue.
From what I can tell, the public education establishment doesn’t really
address the issues, either. Kids certainly need the three R’s in order
to develop a firm foundation for the future, but what’s getting lost is
the ability to think and process the information they’re being given.
There’s no requirement for students to challenge the positions of the
political establishment – it seems like it’s just a regurgitation of
facts and figures.
And to some degree, hero worship (not of the Founding Fathers).
These are not just political issues, these are cultural issues, and
conservatives are on the losing end of this up-and-coming generation
simply because our side of the story is not being listened to. Granted,
there were a few kids in my informal survey who expressed conservative
views, but the majority seems to hold the same beliefs as the young lady
wearing the Obama sticker seated at a table next to us at a fast-food
place on Election Day.
I was sorely tempted to ask her the reasons why she supports Obama, but I suspect I already knew.
Much has been written about the GOP’s demographic obstacles in the
upcoming elections, but if the moldable minds of our youth cannot be
shaped in a liberty-oriented direction, then it won’t matter much who we
put forth as candidates.
I doubt this generation would have warmed to Ronald Reagan if he had
been running against someone like Obama. They don’t want to hear about
freedom, they want to be comforted with security and notions of
“fairness” in social values.
They’re digging their own financial holes before they even get a job – and they don’t even realize it.
Education begins at home. We can’t rely on teachers to provide the
ability to think and challenge the status quo. If conservatives are
going to make headway in turning around the political arena, the
cultural deficit must be filled first.
When, at long last, will people understand that the left is boring?
The question came to mind as I was dipping in and out of Oliver Stone's
miasmic 700-plus-page tome. I'll never read the whole thing, and not
because it's a left-wing screed full of slimy distortions about the
evils of the United States (though that doesn't help). It's that it's
boring.
Stone and co-author Peter Kuznick call their book "The Untold History of
the United States," except, again, it isn't. This story has been told
countless times before. As the Daily Beast's Michael Moynihan notes in a
devastating review, Stone and Kuznick offer no new research, and much
of the old research they rely on has been rendered moot by more recent
discoveries since the Berlin Wall came down.
Still, what vexes me about the book isn't really the substance. What
bothers me is the manufactured rebelliousness, the kitschy nostalgic
play-acting of the thing. The 66-year old Stone can be an original
filmmaker, but he is a stale old Red when it comes to politics.
In a sense, that fine. We're all entitled to our opinions, even to
commit them to paper in book form. But spare me the radical pose. Among
the hilarious blurbs is this encomium from the octogenarian radical
Daniel Ellsberg. "Howard [Zinn] would have loved this 'people's history'
of the American Empire. It's compulsive reading: brilliant, a
masterpiece!"
Ellsberg is right about one thing: The late Howard Zinn, a wildly
left-wing historian, probably would have loved it -- in no small part
because he wrote so much of it already in his decades-old and endlessly
recycled "A People's History of the United States."
Zinn's work, along with Noam Chomsky's, Michael Moore's and, now,
Stone's, is seen as boldly transgressive and subversive. Intellectually,
there's some truth to that of course. If you're dedicated to subverting
the free enterprise system and traditional patriotism, then you're a
subversive.
I guess what bothers me is the whole pretense that these people are
bravely speaking truth to power in some way. Zinn has been on college
syllabi for decades. Moore wins Academy Awards and is treated like
royalty by the Democratic Party (he sat in Jimmy Carter's suite at the
2004 Democratic Convention). Chomsky has been a fixture on the campus
paid-lecture circuit since before I was born.
According to investigative reporter Peter Schweizer, Chomsky, the avowed
hater of capitalism, set up a special trust to hide his millions in
personal wealth from the taxman. This from the guy who inveighs against a
tax code full of "complicated devices for ensuring that the poor --
like 80 percent of the population -- pay off the rich."
Stone, a notorious booster of Cuban socialism, owns numerous properties
around the world. During an interview at his Santa Barbara, Calif.,
Spanish colonial villa, Architectural Digest asked about the
contradiction between his anti-capitalist schtick and his lifestyle, he
replied that he wouldn't fall for the guilt trip. "That's a Western
Christian trip."
The bowel-stewing hypocrisy notwithstanding, what's amazing is how the
same dreck is recycled as new, fresh and courageous. Charles Beard's "An
Economic Interpretation of the U.S. Constitution" will be 100 years old
next year. Its attack on the founders as greedy white men was wrong
then, but at least it was relatively original. Today, college kids
regurgitate the same nonsense -- and professors applaud their
rebelliousness. Except what or whom are they rebelling against? Not the
faculty or the administration.
Hackneyed left-wingery is not only treated with respect on campuses
(though most mainstream academics aren't as left-wing as Zinn or Stone),
it is repackaged daily by Hollywood and celebrated by the mainstream
media.
The self-styled rebels of Occupy Wall Street received overwhelmingly
positive coverage in the mainstream media in no small part because the
liberal press thinks authentic political expression for young people
must be left-wing. The regurgitation of hackneyed '60s slogans pleasing
to the ears of aging, nostalgia-besotted baby boomers elicits squeals of
delight. Meanwhile, Tea Party protests were greeted as dangerous, odd
and deserving of hostile journalistic scrutiny.
And yet the kitsch of leftism still works its magic. In huge numbers,
young people think they're rebelling when all they're doing is playing
their assigned part and lending energy and, often, votes to a stale,
regimented form of statist liberalism that often disappoints and never
satisfies.
I don't expect young people to become conservatives, though if you want
to see a true rebel on campus, seek out the pro-life Christians. But is
libertarianism really too much to ask? Championing economic liberty will
tick off your professors, and you can still be a libertine on weekends.
And if you get rich, you won't be a hypocrite for defending your villa.
Message for wealth-bashing millionaire actor Ed Asner: Man up and take responsibility for lying to America's schoolchildren.
Confronted by a producer for Fox News Channel's "The Sean Hannity Show"
this week, the left-wing celebrity claimed he couldn't remember "a thing
(he) said" on a vile propaganda video produced and published by the
California Federation of Teachers. Asner narrated the unforgettable
eight-minute anti-capitalist screed geared toward children.
Think Occupy Wall Street meets Sesame Street. "Things go downhill in a
happy and prosperous land after the rich decide they don't want to pay
taxes anymore," Asner warbles in a folksy grandpa voice. After education
reform journalist Kyle Olson of EAGNews.org blew the whistle on the
film's vulgar cartoon depiction of a "rich" man urinating on the "poor,"
the teachers union whitewashed the animated images from the video.
While the Occupy-cheerleading teachers have to concoct such fantasy
scenes, informed Americans remember that it was the Occupiers themselves
who openly defecated in the streets. What's even more grossly comical
is the sight of pampered Asner shilling for the "progressive" war on
prosperity while ignoring Big Labor's own self-serving evasion of their
"fair share" in taxes.
The California Federation of Teachers, an AFL-CIO affiliate that rakes
in an estimated $22 million in coerced dues, enjoys nonprofit,
tax-exempt 501(c)(5) status. So does CFT's larger counterpart, the
California Teachers Association, which collects a whopping $300 million
in annual dues. While they burn through mountains of dues lobbying for
everyone else to pay higher taxes, these Democratic partisan heavies pay
nothing in either federal or state income taxes. Zero, zip, nada. In
theory, the unions are entitled to this special status because their
"primary" purpose is to "secure better working conditions, wages and
similar benefits" for their members.
In practice, of course, the unions are Democratic Party front groups
that shovel hundreds of millions of dollars to liberal causes and
candidates -- against the will of their rank-and-file members and often
without their knowledge.
Mark Levin's ever-vigilant Landmark Legal Foundation has pressured the
Internal Revenue Service for more than a decade to force national
teachers unions to file proper federal reporting and IRS statements
regarding their hidden political expenditures. (The overwhelmingly
Democratic donations are not tax-exempt.) As a result of Landmark's
investigative work, the Wisconsin Education Association admitted in 2006
that it had failed to pay more than $171,000 in federal taxes on
Democratic political expenditures.
Given the immense difficulty that dissenting teachers across the country
have had in challenging the abuse of their dues for political purposes,
it's clear this is the tip of Big Labor's tax-evasion iceberg.
In addition, the national parent organizations of the CFT and CTA also
benefit from widespread property tax exemptions on their ownership of
lavish real estate used for union brass vacations and retreats. Fox
Business Network reporter Elizabeth MacDonald's investigation of IRS
records earlier this year shed light on several tax-sheltered,
union-owned luxury hotels, golf courses and country clubs -- including
the "swanky" AFL-CIO-owned Westin Diplomat resort in Florida and the
UAW's $33 million lakeside resort and golf club in Onaway, Mich.
"What the documents don't show," FBN noted, "is whether union members
like teachers, firemen and cops get invited to these junkets -- or even
approve of or know about the use of their dues to outright buy and run
resorts, or spend on junkets, among other things."
Then there's the Obamacare Cadillac tax exemption for unions. Delivered
behind closed doors and out of sight of C-SPAN cameras, the Obama White
House cut a lucrative sweetheart deal with AFL-CIO, Service Employees
International Union and other labor groups to shield them from the
federal health care mandate's steep 40 percent excise tax on high-cost
health care plans. The 90 percent of Americans who don't belong to
unions and participate in these plans must pay their "fair share"
beginning in 2013.
But Big Labor's cozy Cadillac tax escape clause is effective until 2018.
Even after that deadline, union dental and vision plans will remain
exempt. The cost? $60 billion in foregone tax revenue.
Who are the greedy, selfish, filthy-rich tax evaders pissing on the poor and politically unconnected now?
Marines admitting mistreatment of Manning:
"An Army private charged with sending reams of classified
documents to the secret-spilling website WikiLeaks was wrongly kept on
suicide watch for at least seven days of his nine months' confinement at
a Marine Corps brig in Quantico, Va., the Marines' chief of corrections
testified Wednesday. Chief Warrant Officer 5 Abel Galaviz also said
Pfc. Bradley Manning shouldn't have been stripped of all clothing during
a period when he wasn't on suicide watch. And he said a board that made
confinement recommendations to the brig commander used improper
procedures that called into question the panel's objectivity." [This is a disgrace to the Marines. They have hurt themselves more than Manning did]
Atheist West Point cadet quits -- angrily:
"Blake Page, a senior at West Point, has announced he will leave
the military academy to protest what he says is unconstitutional
proselytizing by officers and discrimination against non-religious
cadets. To call attention to his move, senior Blake Page wrote a
scathing commentary on West Point, published Monday in the Huffington
Post. "Countless officers here and throughout the military are
guilty of blatantly violating the oaths they swore to defend the
Constitution," wrote Page, who was slated to graduate in May. "These men
and women are criminals, complicit in light of day defiance of the
Uniform Code of Military Justice through unconstitutional proselytism,
discrimination against the non-religious and establishing formal
policies to reward, encourage and even at times require sectarian
religious participation." [This kid must have other issues.
What is wrong or difficult about bowing your head in respect while
others pray? I have often done so although I too am an atheist.
If that's the hardest thing for you to do, you shouldn't be in the
army]
Does the state have “rights” to protect?:
"The doctrine of 'compelling state interest' has an evil origin.
The Supreme Court created this so-called 'balancing test' in 1944 to
justify the criminal arrest and imprisonment of thousands of innocent
Japanese-Americans. Everyone agrees that this was a dark stain on
American history. Reparations were eventually paid to the
Japanese-Americans who were interned or to their heirs. But the original
sin that enabled this heinous act spread to nearly every part of the
U.S. Constitution. The 1944 Court dared to assert that it could balance
the 'interests' of The State against the rights of individuals."
Security obsession drives 100 scientists from NASA:
"Everyone who wanted to continue doing space science at JPL was
told they had to submit to a security investigation. The cost of this
idiocy, which was aggressively pursued to a final Pyrrhic victory in the
High Court by the Obama Department of Justice, has been grievous, as
some 100 veteran scientists at JPL have quit or taken early retirement,
rather than open their lives to the FBI."
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
7 December, 2012
More on Obamacare vs. the Constitution
It was just a few months ago that conservatives came to the defense of
the Christian-owned Chick-fil-A restaurant chain after its president,
Dan Cathy, said the company was “guilty as charged” in its opposition to
same-sex marriage. Now it is the Christian-owned Hobby Lobby Stores and
its fight against Obamacare.
Oklahoma-based Hobby Lobby Stores, Inc., from its humble beginnings in
founder David Green’s garage in 1970, has grown from one 300-square-foot
store in 1972 to 525 stores in 42 states in 2012. The company, which
employs about 13,000 people, has become one of the nation’s leading
arts-and-crafts retailers.
“It is by God’s grace and provision that Hobby Lobby has endured,” says
founder and CEO David Green. “Therefore we seek to honor God by
operating the company in a manner consistent with Biblical principles.”
But according to Green, included in the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act (PPACA or Obamacare) is something that will force
his company to dishonor God by operating the company in a manner
inconsistent with Biblical principles.
Obamacare includes not only the well-known “individual mandate” that
requires most Americans to obtain health insurance by 2014 or pay a tax,
but also the lesser-known mandate that all group-health insurance plans
must provide certain “preventive services” at no cost to those they
insure. After announcing a general list of those services in September
2010, the government asked the Institute of Medicine (IOM) to recommend a
list of “preventive services for women.” Although religious groups
urged the IOM to not include sterilization and contraceptive services in
their recommendation, the IOM did it anyway. The Department of Health
and Human Services then decreed in the summer of 2011 that the
“preventive services” mandate included “all Food and Drug
Administration-approved contraceptive methods, sterilization procedures,
and patient education and counseling for all women with reproductive
capacity.”
Because approved FDA contraceptive methods include drugs and devices
that may prevent the implantation of a fertilized egg in the womb, Hobby
Lobby and other religious organizations that oppose the use
abortion-inducing drugs and devices have sued the Department of Health
and Human Services over the “preventive services” mandate.
There is a religious exemption from the mandate, but it is so narrow
that neither Mother Teresa’s charity nor Jesus’ ministry would be exempt
because they didn’t “primarily employ and serve those who share their
faith.”
On September 12 of this year, because it could not get an exemption
Hobby Lobby filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Western
District of Oklahoma in opposition to the “preventive services” mandate
that will cost the company up to $1.3 million per day in fines if it
refuses to comply. The lawsuit alleged that the mandate “illegally and
unconstitutionally coerces the Green family to violate their deeply held
religious beliefs under threat of heavy fines, penalties, and lawsuits”
and “forces the Green family to facilitate government-dictated speech
incompatible with their own speech and religious beliefs.”
There are now 40 cases and more than 110 plaintiffs challenging the
Health and Human Services mandate, which takes effect on January 1,
2013.
In a 28-page ruling issued just before Thanksgiving, U.S. District Judge
Joe Heaton denied Hobby Lobby’s request for “declaratory and injunctive
relief” against the mandate. Hobby Lobby has now filed an appeal in the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit.
Since the appeal was filed, a three-judge panel on the U.S. Circuit
Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit has, in the case of O’Brien v.
HHS, issued an injunction that temporarily blocks the Department of
Health and Human Services from implementing Obamacare’s contraception
mandate until the court issues a substantive ruling on the matter. A
federal district court judge in October had previously dismissed
O’Brien’s claim at the request of the Obama administration.
Democrats' counterintuitive resistance to means-testing Medicare and Social Security
Since Republicans are pushing entitlement reform and Democrats like
taking money from rich people, you might think they could agree on
means-testing Medicare and Social Security as part of a deficit
reduction deal. Yet many Democrats are surprisingly hostile to the idea
of tailoring these programs to help people who actually need them.
There are two main reasons for this resistance—one strategic, the other
ideological. Neither is persuasive, even from a progressive point of
view, at a time when trillion-dollar deficits are the norm and publicly
held federal debt is projected to reach 150 percent of GDP within two
decades.
"I don't see want to see Medicare turn into a welfare program, which is
what it would be if wealthier people didn't benefit from it or had a
significantly reduced benefit," Rep. Keith Ellison (D-Minn.) told ABC's
George Stephanopoulos on Sunday. "It needs to be something shared that
Americans are all in, that we all participate in and we all contribute
to." Ellison is co-chairman of the Congressional Progressive Caucus,
which opposes any cuts to Medicare or Social Security benefits.
The strategic rationale for this position is that reducing or
eliminating retirement subsidies for people who can easily get by
without them would spoil the illusion that all of us are "entitled" to
those benefits because we have "earned" them through our
"contributions." In reality, Medicare and Social Security are funded
through intergenerational transfers from relatively poor workers to
relatively affluent retirees.
That does not sound terribly progressive, but left-leaning opponents of
means testing worry that narrower versions of these programs would be
politically vulnerable. "If Medicare turns from an earned benefit into a
welfare program," warns Max Richtman, president of the National
Committee to Preserve Social Security and Medicare, "you will see
support dissipate."
There is not much evidence to support that prediction. In a 2010
Heritage Foundation report, Katherine Bradley and Robert Rector counted
"over 70 different means-tested anti-poverty programs" and noted that
spending on such programs "has grown faster than every other component
of government over the past two decades."
Furthermore, Medicare and Social Security already are transfer programs;
they are just poorly targeted. If the aim is to prevent the elderly
from sinking into poverty or to ensure that they can obtain the medical
care they need, it hardly makes sense to use payroll taxes extracted
from middle- and working-class employees to cut monthly checks to
Michael Bloomberg or subsidize prescription drugs for Ross Perot.
Both programs do include some modest means tests. The monthly premiums
that help fund Medicare are higher for wealthier beneficiaries, for
example, and the share of Social Security benefits subject to tax is
larger for retirees with higher incomes—functionally equivalent to
reduced benefits.
But with Medicare and Social Security facing unfunded long-term
liabilities of $42.8 trillion and $20.5 trillion, respectively, they
need to move much further in the direction feared by Ellison and
Richtman. As Andrew Biggs of the American Enterprise Institute observed
last year in National Affairs, "It is inevitable that Social Security,
Medicare, and other government programs will become less generous toward
the rich than they are today."
If progressives are having trouble adjusting to this reality, it is not
only because they (mistakenly) believe means testing will jeopardize
these programs. As William Voegeli observes in his 2005 book Never
Enough: America's Limitless Welfare State, progressives'
counterintuitive resistance to means testing also stems from a
communitarian vision that sees universal participation in tax-funded
social services as inherently good.
Voegeli quotes Robert Kuttner, co-editor of The American Prospect, who
in his 1987 book The Life of the Party argued that "there is immense
civic value to treating middle-class and poor people alike." According
to Kuttner, "a common social security program, or medical care program,
or public school program" fosters "social solidarity."
You may or may not find this vision appealing. Either way, we can no longer afford it.
One of the big advantages that President Obama has, as he plays
"chicken" with the Congressional Republicans along the "fiscal cliff,"
is that Obama is a master of the plausible lie, which will never be
exposed by the mainstream media-- nor, apparently, by the Republicans.
A key lie that has been repeated over and over, largely unanswered, is
that President Bush's "tax cuts for the rich" cost the government so
much lost tax revenue that this added to the budget deficit-- so that
the government cannot afford to allow the cost of letting the Bush tax
rates continue for "the rich."
It sounds very plausible, and constant repetition without a challenge
may well be enough to convince the voting public that, if the
Republican-controlled House of Representatives does not go along with
Barack Obama's demands for more spending and higher tax rates on the top
2 percent, it just shows that they care more for "the rich" than for
the other 98 percent.
What is remarkable is how easy it is to show how completely false
Obama's argument is. That also makes it completely inexplicable why the
Republicans have not done so.
The official statistics which show plainly how wrong Barack Obama is can
be found in his own "Economic Report of the President" for 2012, on
page 411. You can look it up.
You may be able to find a copy of the "Economic Report of the President"
for 2012 at your local public library. Or you can buy a hard copy from
the Government Printing Office or download an electronic version from
the Internet.
For those who find that "a picture is worth a thousand words," they need
only see the graphs published in the November 30th issue of Investor's
Business Daily.
What both the statistical tables in the "Economic Report of the
President" and the graphs in Investor's Business Daily show is that (1)
tax revenues went up-- not down-- after tax rates were cut during the
Bush administration, and (2) the budget deficit declined, year after
year, after the cut in tax rates that have been blamed by Obama for
increasing the deficit.
Indeed, the New York Times reported in 2006: "An unexpectedly steep rise
in tax revenues from corporations and the wealthy is driving down the
projected budget deficit this year."
While the New York Times may not have expected this, there is nothing
unprecedented about lower tax rates leading to higher tax revenues,
despite automatic assumptions by many in the media and elsewhere that
tax rates and tax revenues automatically move in the same direction.
They do not.
The Congressional Budget Office has been embarrassed repeatedly by
making projections based on the assumption that tax revenues and tax
rates move in the same direction.
This has happened as recently as the George W. Bush administration and
as far back as the Reagan administration. Moreover, tax revenues went up
when tax rates went down, as far back as the Coolidge administration,
before there was a Congressional Budget Office to make false
predictions.
The bottom line is that Barack Obama's blaming increased budget deficits
on the Bush tax cuts is demonstrably false. What caused the decreasing
budget deficits after the Bush tax cuts to suddenly reverse and start
increasing was the mortgage crisis. The deficit increased in 2008,
followed by a huge increase in 2009.
So it is sheer hogwash that "tax cuts for the rich" caused the
government to lose tax revenues. The government gained tax revenues, not
lost them. Moreover, "the rich" paid a larger amount of taxes, and a
larger share of all taxes, after the tax rates were cut.
That is because people change their economic behavior when tax rates are
changed, contrary to what the Congressional Budget Office and others
seem to assume, and this can stimulate the economy more than a
government "stimulus" has done under either Bush or Obama.
I have written previous about why I see the supposed dichotomy between
the fiscal and social concerns of conservatives as a false
one. Both the free market and the family unit form an interrelated
foundation of a free and prosperous society. As I mentioned in
that article:
It wasn't until recently that the concern of economics was treated in a
more narrow fashion. An intellectually honest approach to promoting a
free society, which is at the heart of the American conservative agenda,
cannot separate the concerns of economics from social and moral
concerns. We all remember Adam Smith for his work 'The Wealth of
Nations" and his notion of "the invisible hand",what we forget is that
Adam Smith was not strictly an economist, but a moral philosopher who
applied his moral philosophy to the discipline of economics. Smith's
major work was a piece entitled "The Theory of Moral Sentiments", where
he theorized that man has a natural sentiment towards benevolence. This
was the basis of his notion of an invisible hand. Society does not need a
top down order imposed on it to ensure that the less fortunate get
taken care of because man has a natural sentiment toward benevolence.
This sentiment was to be cultivated through a social order that began
with the family, but included Churches and the other institutions of
what is often referred to as "civil society". This order was the
essential foundation needed to maintain a free society.
I think that political meddling into the affairs of the family and civil
society is a cause for a lot of social ills and would like to see the
government reframe from usurping the role of the institutions of civil
society. In that sense, most of the goals of social conservatives
can be met by insisting that the government "mind its own
business." In a strict political sense there is little that can be
done to strengthen these fundamental institutions by passing
policy. These institutions have been atrophying for some time now
as their roles have been assumed by the government. As these
institutions weaken, so to do the "moral sentiments" that Adam Smith
believed made a free society possible. The result is a society
increasingly held together by the force of regulations and bureaucratic
decree rather than freely held "functional values".
Again, I see little in the way of policy proposals that will make this
situation better. On the other hand, there are plenty of policy
proposals that are making this situation worse. It might be a good
idea for conservatives to make this case when faced with some utopian
scheme coming from progressives. There needs to be a more
sophisticated critique of such proposals than merely pointing out the
"the numbers do not work", or "we cannot afford it". Many of these
proposals are inherently bad ideas that should be opposed even if the
number did work and we could afford it. Society is far too
complicated to buy into the notion that there is a political solution
for everything. It consists of a moral/cultural sector made up of
the institutions of civil society and held together by "moral
sentiments". There is an economic sector made up of businesses,
workers, consumers, etc., that is fueled by creative
entrepreneurship. Finally, there is a political sector made up of
the various levels of government. To assume that all the various
sectors of society can be centrally managed in a top down fashion by
supposedly all knowing government bureaucrats is as foolish as assuming
that a complicated circuit board can be tuned with a hammer.
Government is a blunt instrument much like a hammer and our society is
far more complicated that even the most intricate circuit board.
Since the family is the cornerstone of any society, and the values
passed on from the family are the key to the smooth functioning of a
free society, conservatives simply cannot escape the need to discuss
family values. Because these values are essential to the
functioning of a healthy and free society, we might want to refer to
them as "functional values". Discussing such matters does not mean
we intend to impose these values on the public any more than discussing
the value of entrepreneurship means we intend to impose it on the
public. Both ideals are vital to a free society and in both cases
it is a matter of reigning in government so that it does not tread on
those areas of society best equipped to deal with those ideals.
In discussing the notion of family values as functional values, it would
be useful to use research from the social sciences. One good
source is a booklet entitled "Why Marriage Matters: An Argument for the
Goods of Marriage" by the Institute for American Values. Here is
how they summarize their work:
For most of the latter-half of the twentieth century, divorce posed the
greatest threat to child well-being and the institution of marriage.
Today, that is not the case. New research-made available for the first
time in Why Marriage Matters-suggests that the rise of cohabiting
households with children is the largest unrecognized threat to the
quality and stability of children's lives in today's families.
On their website is a section with scholars discussing these concerns in
an apolitical manner. The website includes videos of the
discussion... It is long past the time for conservatives to make
use of such material in their critique of government directed social
engineering.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's
Communism. The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for
"National Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
6 December, 2012
Another interesting case of identical twins reared apart
Such cases are rare in the West these days but the similarities
between such people are often eerie -- as we see below. It
just shows the enormous reach of genetics into our lives -- far
greater than anyone would normally imagine
For three years Bao Lulin found herself continually mistaken for someone
else. Lulin, a waitress from Jiuyang in Guizho, southern China,
was puzzled by the number of people who approached and spoke to her as
if they knew her.
They would ask her about her work in Fujian Province, mistake her for
the daughter-in-law of a complete stranger or ask why she did not
recognise them. However, Lulin had never before seen any of them in her
life.
The 24-year-old vowed to tracked down her mysterious doppelganger and
was stunned to find she had an identical twin sister who was separated
from her at birth.
Lulin's incredible journey of discovery began in June 2009, when she was
helping a relative run his fruit stand when four grannies approached
her. 'You have come back from Fujian Province? Why didn't you
inform us?,' one commented
When a confused Lulin asked who they were, another scoffed: 'You must earn big money, and don't want to know us.'
Just a few months later a middle-aged man approached Lulin, who worked
as a cashier in a restaurant in Jiuyang and told her: 'You look
absolutely identical to one of my relatives.'
Not long after a confused teenager dining at the restaurant approached Lulin and said, 'Yanfei, you work here now?'
Lulin decided to search for this mysterious Yanfei but soon after fell
pregnant and had to put the plan on hold. The married
mother-of-one said: 'The idea to look for her was always in my mind. I
wanted to look for her after my son got a bit bigger.'
In the end it was three years before Lulin was able to start her search for her ringer.
In October Lulin was once again mistaken for Yanfei at work but she saw
her opportunity and managed to get the woman's address from the diner.
Last month Yang Yanfei, also of Jiuyang, was playing with her son at
home when she suddenly heard her mother-in-law shout, 'Yanfei, come here
now!' Yanfei was alarmed by her mother-in-law's urgent tone and
when she ran out a woman was standing with her back to her and suddenly
turned around. Yanfei was shocked - Lulin was almost identical to
her.
The married mother-of-one, said: 'I felt I was looking into the mirror.'
It emerged both Yanfei and Lulin were adopted as babies and have
realised that they must have been twins who were separated at birth.
There are many uncanny similarities between the sisters beyond their
physical likeness. They both got married in 2007, both of their
husbands have the same given name, Bin, and their sons also look
identical.
They have the same voice, same friendly, out-going personality, share a
number of hobbies, a similar style of dressing, and enjoy the same
foods.
They even have the same scar on their finger after having similar accidents when they were six.
Baby girls are often given up for adoption in China because of the One
Child policy. Boys are more valued in Chinese society because they
carry on the ancestral name and inheritance laws pass property on to
sons.
Because of this hundreds of thousands of baby girls are abandoned every
year in China. Twins, however, are exempt from the policy.
Amid all the political and media hoopla about the "fiscal cliff" crisis, there are a few facts that are worth noting.
First of all, despite all the melodrama about raising taxes on "the
rich," even if that is done it will scarcely make a dent in the
government's financial problems. Raising the tax rates on everybody in
the top two percent will not get enough additional tax revenue to run
the government for ten days.
And what will the government do to pay for the other 355 days in the year?
All the political angst and moral melodrama about getting "the rich" to
pay "their fair share" is part of a big charade. This is not about
economics, it is about politics. Taxing "the rich" will produce a drop
in the bucket when compared to the staggering and unprecedented deficits
of the Obama administration.
No previous administration in the entire history of the nation ever
finished the year with a trillion dollar deficit. The Obama
administration has done so every single year. Yet political and media
discussions of the financial crisis have been focused overwhelmingly on
how to get more tax revenue to pay for past and future spending.
The very catchwords and phrases used by the Obama administration betray
how phony this all is. For example, "We are just asking the rich to pay a
little more."
This is an insult to our intelligence. The government doesn't "ask"
anybody to pay anything. It orders you to pay the taxes they impose and
you can go to prison if you don't.
Then there are all the fancy substitute words for plain old spending--
words like "stimulus" or "investing in the industries of the future."
The theory about "stimulus" is that government spending will stimulate
private businesses and financial institutions to put more of their money
into the economy, speeding up the recovery. But the fact that you call
something a "stimulus" does not make it a stimulus.
Stimulus spending began during the Bush administration and has continued
full blast during the Obama administration. But the end result is that
both businesses and financial institutions have had record amounts of
their own money sitting idle. The rate of circulation of money slowed
down. All this is the opposite of stimulus.
What about "investing in the industries of the future"? Does the White
House come equipped with a crystal ball? Calling government spending
"investment" does not make it investment any more than calling spending
"stimulus" makes it stimulate anything.
What in the world would lead anyone to think that politicians have some
magic way of knowing what the industries of the future are? Thus far the
Obama administration has repeatedly "invested" in the bankruptcies of
the present, such as Solyndra.
Using lofty words to obscure tawdry realities extends beyond the White
House. Referring to the Federal Reserve System's creation of hundreds of
billions of new dollars out of thin air as "quantitative easing" makes
it seem as if this is some soothing and esoteric process, rather than
amounting essentially to nothing more than printing more money.
Debasing the value of money by creating more of it is nothing new or
esoteric. Irresponsible governments have done this, not just for
centuries, but for thousands of years.
It is a way to take people's wealth from them without having to openly raise taxes. Inflation is the most universal tax of all.
All the pretty talk about how tax rates will be raised only on "the
rich" hides the ugly fact that the poorest people in the country will
see the value of their money decline, just like everybody else, and at
the same rate as everybody else, when the government creates more money
and spends it.
If you have $100 and, after inflation follows from "quantitative
easing," that $100 dollars will only buy what $80 bought before, then
that is the same economically as if the government had taxed away
one-fifth of your money and spent it.
But it is not the same politically, so long as gullible people don't
look beyond words to the reality that inflation taxes everybody, the
poorest as well as the richest.
Obama Bets He Can Survive Fiscal Cliff, Even If Economy Doesn't
In a column telling the congressional GOP to buck up, Charles
Krauthammer argues that President Obama's weakness in the fiscal-cliff
negotiations is his concern for his legacy:
"But what about Obama? If we all cliff-dive, he gets to preside over yet
another recession. It will wreck his second term. Sure, Republicans
will get blamed. But Obama is never running again. He cares about his
legacy. You think he wants a second term with a double-dip recession, 9%
unemployment and a totally gridlocked Congress? Republicans have to
stop playing as if they have no cards."
Maybe. The question is whether that characterizes Obama's thinking.
More likely, Obama believes his "political skills" would enable him to weather a recession and put all of the blame on the GOP.
Exhibit 1 for that is Obama's recent trip to Philadelphia to turn the
fiscal cliff into a campaign event where, of course, he could give a
speech. Clearly, he thinks rhetoric like this will win the day: "It's
not acceptable to me, and I don't think it's acceptable to you, for just
a handful of Republicans in Congress to hold middle-class tax cuts
hostage simply because they don't want tax rates on upper-income folks
to go up."
That's not just rhetoric aimed at getting Republicans to accept a deal.
It's also aimed squarely at putting the blame on them if negotiations
fail.
Exhibit 2 is the nonserious proposal Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner
proposed last week. That suggests an Obama who is confident he will
escape blame for going over the fiscal cliff (and, right now, some
polling seems to back him up).
Exhibit 3 is the ample regard that Obama has long had for his political
skills. Google the term "Obama" with terms like "I won," "You've got
me," and "I'm a better speechwriter." Having just won a tough election
only fed his ego. Nor does it hurt his confidence to have sympathetic
pundits comparing his push for tax hikes to President Lincoln's push for
ending slavery. Indeed, the amount of confidence Obama has in his
political skills now may be second only to just after his first win in
2008.
Thus, don't expect Obama to come back with a serious offer to the GOP's
new proposal. He's confident that his political skills will either get
him a deal that does immense damage to the GOP as the party of lower
taxes, or put all blame on the GOP and enable him to protect his legacy
if we go over the fiscal cliff.
Americans are very generous to people with disabilities. Since passage
of the Americans With Disabilities Act in 1990, millions of public and
private dollars have been spent on curb cuts, bus lifts and special
elevators.
The idea has been to enable people with disabilities to live and work
with the same ease as others, as they make their way forward in life. I
feel sure the large majority of Americans are pleased that we are doing
this.
But there is another federal program for people with disabilities that
has had an unhappier effect. This is the disability insurance (DI)
program, which is part of Social Security.
The idea is to provide income for those whose health makes them unable
to work. For many years, it was a small and inexpensive program that few
people or politicians paid much attention to.
In his recent book, "A Nation of Takers: America's Entitlement
Epidemic," my American Enterprise Institute colleague Nicholas Eberstadt
has shown how DI has grown in recent years.
In 1960, some 455,000 workers were receiving disability payments. In
2011, the number was 8,600,000. In 1960, the percentage of the
economically active 18-to-64 population receiving disability benefits
was 0.65 percent. In 2010, it was 5.6 percent.
Some four decades ago, when I was a law clerk to a federal judge, I had
occasion to read briefs in cases appealing denial of disability
benefits. The Social Security Administration then seemed pretty strict
in denying benefits in dubious cases. The courts were not much more
openhanded.
Things have changed. Americans have grown healthier, and significantly
lower numbers die before 65 than was the case a half-century ago.
Nevertheless, the disability rolls have ballooned.
One reason is that the government seems to have gotten more openhanded
with those claiming vague ailments. Eberstadt points out that in 1960,
only one-fifth of disability benefits went to those with "mood
disorders" and "muscoskeletal" problems. In 2011, nearly half of those
on disability voiced such complaints.
"It is exceptionally difficult -- for all practical purposes,
impossible," writes Eberstadt, "for a medical professional to disprove a
patient's claim that he or she is suffering from sad feelings or back
pain."
In other words, many people are gaming or defrauding the system. This
includes not only disability recipients but health care professionals,
lawyers and others who run ads promising to get you disability benefits.
Between 1996 and 2011, the private sector generated 8.8 million new jobs, and 4.1 million people entered the disability rolls.
The ratio of disability cases to new jobs has been even worse during the
sluggish recovery from the 2007-09 recession. Between January 2010 and
December 2011, there were 1,730,000 new jobs and 790,000 new people
collecting disability.
This is not just a matter of laid-off workers in their 50s or early 60s
qualifying for disability in the years before they become eligible for
Social Security old age benefits.
In 2011, 15 percent of disability recipients were in their 30s or early
40s. Concludes Eberstadt, "Collecting disability is an increasingly
important profession in America these says."
Disability insurance is no longer a small program. The government
transfers some $130 billion obtained from taxpayers or borrowed from
purchasers of Treasury bonds to disability beneficiaries every year.
But there is also a human cost. Consider the plight of someone who at
some level knows he can work but decides to collect disability payments
instead.
That person is not likely to ever seek work again, especially if the sluggish recovery turns out to be the new normal.
He may be gleeful that he was able to game the system or just grimly
determined to get what he can in a tough situation. But he will not be
able to get the satisfaction of earned success from honest work that
contributes something to society and the economy.
I use the masculine pronoun intentionally, because an increasing number
of American men have dropped out of the workforce altogether. In 1948,
89 percent of men age 20 and over were in the workforce.
In 2011, 73 percent were. Only a small amount of that change results
from an aging population. Jobs have become physically less grueling and
economically more rewarding than they were in 1948.
The Americans With Disabilities Act helped many people move forward and
contribute to society. The explosive growth of disability insurance has
had an opposite effect.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
5 December, 2012
UN Legitimizes Palestinian Terror Regimes
The United Nations General Assembly has voted to make ‘Palestine’ a
‘non-member state’ of the UN. This has done no less than legitimize the
two Palestinian regimes that promote terrorism, murdering Jews and
Israel’s destruction. How can the world claim to be fighting terrorism
when it has just declared that two terrorist regimes should enjoy
sovereignty?
For years, the UN, controlled by a majority composed of dictatorships
and tyrannies, has frequently supported odious and evil causes. This is
the organization which gave us the infamous ‘Zionism is racism’
resolution among scores of other anti-Israel, anti-American,
anti-democratic resolutions. It is the body that appointed Libya to its
Human Rights Council and Iran to its Committee on the Status of Women.
True, UNGA resolutions are non-binding and have no legal force; only
Security Council resolutions have legal force. Nonetheless, the
Palestinian movement enjoyed a victory. Why? Because this resolution
gives aid and comfort to its cause – its actual cause of eliminating
Israel as a sovereign Jewish state, not its fictitious cause of creating
a peaceful Palestinian state alongside Israel.
Consider Fatah/Palestinian Authority (PA) president Mahmoud Abbas’
choice of language. He falsely called the state he professes to wish to
live peacefully alongside “racist” and guilty of creating “apartheid”
and a “colonial occupation.” No-one makes peace with racism or apartheid
or colonial entities – they dismantle them. Can any other meaning be
read into Abbas’ words in 2010 to Arab journalists – “If [Arab
states] want war, and if all of you will fight Israel, we are in favor”?
Abbas insisted, citing UNGA’s 1949 resolution 194 (rejected by all Arab
states at the time), on the legally baseless so-called ‘right of return’
of Palestinian refugees of the 1948-9 war and their millions of
descendants to Israel, which would end Israel as a Jewish state.
The horrid irony is that Abbas’ cause fits the lurid description he
applied to Israel. His Fatah party still calls in its Constitution for
the destruction of Israel (Article 13) and the use of terrorism as an
essential element in the struggle to achieve that goal (Article 19).
Indeed, Fatah’s emblem depicts the whole of Israel re-labelled
‘Palestine,’ flanked by images of a Kalashnikov rifle and arch-terrorist
Yasser Arafat. Hamas, which controls Gaza, a portion of the territory
Abbas is claiming or statehood, calls in its Charter for the destruction
of Israel (Article 15) and the murder of Jews (Article 7).
Senior PA officials, including Abbas, Saeb Erekat, Ahmed Qurei and
others have clearly insisted that a Palestinian state be Jew-free . The
PA also does not accept the existence of Israel as a Jewish state. Abbas
has said this several times; so have other PA officials. Nor has
the PA fulfilled its Oslo obligations to dismantle terrorist groups and
to end incitement to hatred and murder against Israel in its schools,
media and speeches. To the contrary, the PA calls terrorists
shahids (‘martyrs’) and officially honors and glorifies dead terrorists,
like Dalal Mughrabi, naming schools, streets and sorts teams after
them. The PA refuses to arrest terrorists and pressures Israel to free
Jew-killers it has imprisoned – scarcely the action of a regime
interested in making peace and ending violence.
The Palestinian goal has never been statehood; it has been preventing or
destroying Jewish statehood. The proof is that, whenever offered
statehood alongside a Jewish state – in 1937 (Peel Commission), 1947 (UN
partition plan), 2000 (Barak/ Clinton plan) or 2008 (Olmert plan) –
they turned it down.
The above comments are from the Zionist Organization of America,
which will make some people foam at the mouth (which is why I mentioned
it) but every statement in it seems completely accurate to me. If
anybody can show me otherwise I would be most interested.
But I imagine that most antisemites will fall back on some tired old
complaint that "The Jews stole the Palestinian's land" or some such.
That is not conceded, of course. Orthodox Jews reply that it
is the Arabs who stole the land of the Jews.
Theology aside however, the same argument can be made that Europeans
stole America from the Red Indians and all white Americans should
therefore hike back to Europe. And I take that to be seen as
absurd by all but a tiny and warped minority of haters.
So for policy to be useful, present-day reality has to be coped
with. And Israel is a reality that can't be wished or
assumed away. And attacking it has proved singularly fruitless
Zbigniew Brzezinski wants the USA to attack Israel but it is
common (but of course not universal) for people of Polish origin to have
a sort of hole in their brain where rational thought about Jews should
be -- JR
******************************
Moronic regulators
The car fascists are at it again. Several technologies have been
invented over the last decade that can help prevent vehicle collisions. A
story in the Boston Globe reports that among these are “lane-departure
warning, forward-collision warning, adaptive cruise control, automatic
breaking, and electronic stability control.”
Great news, right? The wonders of the market never cease. And, according
to the Globe story, the features listed above “are available on many
vehicles already.”
Already! Ah, the free market. But here’s the rub: they’re found
“primarily on higher-end models.” That’s right. If you want these
nice new gadgets, you’re going to have to pay for them.
The incredible prosperity brought about by competition and
supply-and-demand has transformed our society into one made up of “haves
and have laters.” That means wealthier people get really nice things
right away, while the rest of us get those things a little later, when
supply increases or production costs come down. Once upon a time that
seemed quite reasonable.
In this day and age, however, spoiled brats rule the roost. The Globe
reports that “The National Transportation Safety Board said [the new
technologies] should be required on all vehicles, despite the auto
industry’s concern that doing so could add thousands of dollars to the
cost of a car” (emphasis added). The Alliance of Automobile
Manufacturers estimates that these features could add anywhere from
$1,000 to $3,000 to a car’s price tag.
“We don’t want safety to be only for the people who can afford it,” the
NTSB’s chairman, Deborah Hersman, told the Globe.” In the bizarro world
of federal regulations, class-warfare rhetoric trumps the laws of
economics. The people hurt most by this will be the poorest — they will
be priced out of all new cars instead of just some of them. The likes of
Hersman can then denounce the “greed” of automobile makers instead of
rethinking their own needless meddling.
Consumers can already choose from a variety of safety features,
depending on their budget and their preferences. By mandating all of
these options, the government prevents people from choosing what they
want. As author Thomas Woods so eloquently says, it’s “a case of
scanning the options … and eliminating the choice [consumers] actually
selected.”
Over the last few decades a number of safety devices have gone from
market features to federal requirements. Seat belts, for example, were
consumer options before 1966. Air bags were consumer options before 1998
(because of a law passed in 1991).
Also in 1998, the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard was amended to
require second-generation airbags. Why? Because of the many injuries
caused by first-generation airbags.
Consumers who likely didn’t want any airbags to begin with were deemed
too stupid by federal regulators, and so had first-generation airbags
forced on them. From 1991 on, manufacturers scrambled to meet the airbag
standard set to go into effect in 1998.
This blew up (no pun intended) in the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration’s face when stories of children being decapitated by
airbags started making the headlines. One hundred and seventy-five
people were killed by airbags between 1990 and 2000.
But no one could ever accuse government regulators of humility. Rather
than back off and leave safety-feature purchases to consumers, the bad
press just resulted in the NHTSA countering with figures of its own:
according to the agency, over 6,000 lives have been saved by airbags.
Regulators will point with pride to this alleged victory for federal
safety mandates, but the record of such successes is really dubious. In
his excellent book Rollback, Woods reports that “between 1925 and 1960
automobile fatalities decreased by 3.5 percent per mile driven per year,
at a time when safety regulations were essentially nil.” During this
period, automobile manufacturers offered more and more safety features
on their cars. Consumers voluntarily purchased these options, and lives
were saved. Lots of lives.
That wasn’t good enough for our federal betters. In stepped bureaucrats
from the NHTSA and NTSB, and so began a history of regulations and
mandates that have not made us, overall, any safer than people would be
if allowed to make their own choices: Woods writes that “the rate of
decrease in fatalities per mile in the post-regulation, National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration era” is still 3.5 percent per year.
Returning home this evening from an outstanding Liberty Fund conference
in San Diego, I noticed above the baggage carousel at Reagan National
airport a very artistically well-done billboard ad from Oxfam. (I
took a picture of this billboard ad with my cell phone, but, alas, the
photo didn’t come out well enough for me to post it here.)
This ad, featuring a picture of the face of a lovely 30-something woman
from somewhere in sub-Saharan Africa, blared (among some less-prominent
text) “Don’t Cut Foreign Aid!” Foreign aid, you see, allegedly
helps this woman, and many others like her, lead better lives. So
cutting foreign aid would – Oxfam wants us to feel – condemn this woman,
and many others like her, to greater depths of grinding poverty and
misery.
I’m too tired now to say more about the alleged merits of so-called
“foreign aid.” Read the great William Easterly (here, and here).
And read Peter Bauer. (Heck, read also Adam Smith.
Inquiring into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations,
that great Scot identified an expanding division of labor fostered by
secure property rights, free trade, and “the obvious and simple system
of natural liberty” as the source of widespread prosperity.
England, believe it or not, did not receive foreign aid as a
prelude to its industrial revolution.)
What’s fascinating about Oxfam’s billboard is the fine print at the very
bottom of it. In that fine print, Oxfam boasts that it receives
no funds from the U.S. government – a fact that, notes Oxfam proudly,
allows it to maintain its independence.
Reading this proclamation-in-fine-billboard-print immediately prompted
me to wonder what leads Oxfam to believe that receipt of “foreign aid”
from Uncle Sam will not unduly compromise the independence of recipient
governments – or of recipient individuals.
If Oxfam is too likely to be enervated, or corrupted or otherwise
regrettably bent to the will of Uncle Sam by accepting funds from Uncle
Sam, why will not a similar curse befall the governments of, say, Ghana
or Mozambique if they accept funds from Uncle Sam? And why will
not each individual on the ground – such as the woman pictured on the
Oxfam billboard – not be enervated, or corrupted or otherwise
regrettably bent to the will of whoever dispenses “foreign aid” to him
or her?
A familiar philosophical conundrum goes roughly as follows: You are
standing by a trolley track which goes down a hill, next to a fork in
the track controlled by a switch. You observe, uphill from you, a
trolley that has come loose and is rolling down the track. Currently the
switch will send the trolley down the right branch of the fork. Four
people are sitting on the right branch, unaware of the approaching
trolley, too far for you to get a warning to them.
One person is sitting on the left branch. Should you pull the switch to divert the trolley to the left branch?
The obvious consequentialist answer is that, assuming you know nothing
about the people and value human life, you should, since it means one
random person killed instead of four. Yet to many people that seems the
wrong answer, possibly because they feel responsible for the result of
changing things but not for the result of failing to do so.
In another version of the problem, you are standing on a balcony
overlooking the trolley track, which this time has no fork but has four
people whom the trolley, if not stopped, will kill. Standing next to you
is a very overweight stranger. A quick mental calculation leads you to
the conclusion that if you push him off the balcony onto the track
below, his mass will be sufficient to stop the trolley. Again you can
save four lives at the cost of one. I suspect fewer people would approve
of doing so than in the previous case.
One possible explanation of the refusal to take the action that
minimizes the number killed starts with the problem of decentralized
coordination in a complicated world. No individual can hope to know all
of the consequences of every choice he makes. So a reasonable strategy
is to separate out some subset of consequences that you do understand
and can choose among and base decisions on that. A possible subset is
"consequences of my actions." You adopt a policy of rejecting actions
that cause bad consequences. You have pushed out of your calculation
what will happen if you do not act, since in most cases you don't,
perhaps cannot, know it—the trolley problem is in that respect
artificial, atypical, and so (arguably) leads your decision mechanism to
reach the wrong answer. A different way of putting it is that your
decision mechanism, like conventional legal rules, has a drastically
simplified concept of causation in which action is responsible as a
cause, inaction is not.
I do not know if this answer is in the philosophical literature, but it
seems like one natural response from the standpoint of an economist.
Let me now add a third version. This is just like the second, except
that you do not think you can stop the trolley by throwing the stranger
onto the track—he does not have enough mass. Your calculation implies,
however, that the two of you together would be sufficient. You grab him
and jump.
The question is now not whether you should do it—most of us are
reluctant to claim that we are obliged to sacrifice our lives for
strangers. The question is, if you do do it, how will third parties
regard your action. I suspect that many more people will approve of it
this time than in the previous case, even though you are now sacrificing
more, including someone else's life, for the same benefit. If so, why?
I think the answer may be that, when judging other people's actions, we
do not entirely trust them. We suspect that, in the previous case, the
overweight person next to you may be someone you dislike or whose
existence is inconvenient to you. When you take an act that injures
someone for purportedly benevolent motives, we suspect the motives may
be self-interested and the claim dishonest. By being willing to
sacrifice your own life as well as his, you provide a convincing
rebuttal to such suspicions.
The streetcar fantasy:
"Plans to build streetcar lines in San Antonio are based on
several critical fallacies, including claims that streetcars are
superior to buses in their ability to attract riders and that streetcars
promote economic development. In fact, streetcars are slower, less
flexible, less capable of moving large numbers of people, and far more
expensive than buses."
The “flee California now” proposition:
"On November 6th, California declared war on prosperity. Any
productive person who can leave California should, and they should do so
immediately. It is already so difficult to escape state taxes that even
working and living abroad is not an automatic exemption. Now, with a
Democratic supermajority in the state legislature, tax hikes and policy
can be rubber stamped. Imagine how difficult escape may be in a few
years."
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
4 December, 2012
Lest Darkness Triumph
by L. Neil Smith
Twenty-three years ago, I wrote a novel that would eventually come to be
called Forge of the Elders, in which I predicted that, in the aftermath
of the collapse of the once-powerful Soviet Empire, and a general,
worldwide rejection of communism, the United States would embrace
Marxism and drag the rest of the world with it, back into the abysss.
I don't pull things like this out of my hat or anyplace else. They're
based on sixty-six years' experience with history and human nature. Over
thirty-three years writing novels, I have made a number of successful
predictions: the laptop computer and i-Pad, wall-sized TV and computer
monitor screens, the Internet, the rise of .40 caliber weapons, a steep
decline in crime due to ordinary people carrying guns. Not all of my
predictions have been happy ones. The unhappiest, in Forge of the
Elders, was one I least wanted to see come true. I would have been
ecstatic to be wrong about the future I saw ahead of us.
But here we are.
The reason we are in this mess is that—assuming the recent election was
legitimate (admittedly a huge assumption)—it appears that a majority of
Americans today are willing to wreck the greatest civilization in the
history of mankind because they're incompetent, lazy, and personally
resent the fact that they have to work for a living.
In 1964, when I was a freshman Philosophy major in one of those
wee-hours college bull sessions, struggling to explain what I would
later rename the "Zero Aggression Principle", a classmate of mine
defined that fact—that people have to work for a living—as coercion. I
should have paid more attention, but I couldn't know, even as Lyndon
Johnson beat Barry Goldwater in a three-to-one landslide, that his
outlook, as repulsive as it seemed, would ultimately win the day.
You understand and I understand that nature doesn't coerce anything or
anybody. Gravity, for example, doesn't exist just to inconvenience human
beings, it's simply the way the universe operates. Similarly, the need
to work arises from the laws of thermodynamics, which mandate that we
all must replace the energy we consume merely by existing.
You understand and I understand that spending your life waiting for
handouts from the government, or standing in line demanding them, is not
a viable means of existence. It leads inevitably to economic ruin, and
along the way, it diminishes those who attempt to live in that manner,
as well as those who are forced at gunpoint to support them. Eventually
it fails, although most of its victims never know why. Socialism, which
pretends to have the answers, is nothing but the political expression of
an ignorant, visceral, inarticulate hatred and envy of everything that
has raised humanity above the level of the animals.
All that fills the hearts and minds of socialists is a white-hot rage
that can never be satisfied, and can't be penetrated by rational thought
processes. The fact that socialism has a proven track record, a long
history of failing miserably every time, everywhere it has been imposed
on those too weak or stupid to resist it, usually collapsing afterward
in raw bloodshed and fiery destruction, is not a fatal criticism to
those who adore it and tend to idolize its demagogic champions. Instead,
for the disappointed inner nihilist that lurks deep within each of
them, that horrible failure constitutes a kind of testimony.
Barack Obama has come to them, not—as some half-witted comedian recently
suggested—as Jesus Christ the Savior, but as Shiva the Destroyer. And
because revenge is sweeter to this kind of broken soul than personal
advancement, because there are people who would rather squat in their
own excrement and throw rocks than rise up and knap those rocks into
something useful, they vote for the Destroyer every time.
Meanwhile, Freedom sits like an old man on a wooden bench in the filthy
corridor of some communist hospital ward, quietly waiting to die.
The socialist movement knows what it wants, and seldom deviates from the
pursuit of its objectives. Unfortunately, those who only wish to be
left alone, to one degree or another, by society and government, are not
united in what they want from life, nor should they be—but it makes it
very hard to defend freedom from those who hate and fear it.
The problem we face in our struggle to be free has many origins, but the
chiefmost, I believe, is an educational system owned and operated by
the only natural enemy higher on the food chain than H. sapiens:
Government.
The public school system doesn't so much serve the state, as it serves
statism. It doesn't so much see individualism as the enemy, as any
manifestation of individuality. It was designed that way from the start,
by collectivists like John Dewey and Horace Mann, who copied it from
that bastion of individual liberty and human rights, Prussia.
Anyone who complains that the public schools don't work, doesn't really
understand the reason they were established in the first place. To the
beneficiaries of John Dewey and Horace Mann, they work just fine. The
zeal with which the public employees' unions have fought to maintain
control over the school system—which, more than anything, reminds me of
the zeal with which Abraham Lincoln prosecuted his war against 25
percent of the people who had tired of paying 80 percent of the nation's
taxes—reveals what freedom's enemies believe is at stake.
Can they be stopped? Can America's slide into the totalitarian abyss be
halted and reversed? The one good sign in all of this is that, back in
1964, when you tried to speak against collectivism and in favor of
freedom, you couldn't get anybody to listen. Today, at least half
the country is listening, while the statists scramble hysterically to
stop us communicating with one another, and take away our means of
physically defending our lives, liberties, and property.
It is time for us to stand our ground.
It is time to speak as long and loudly as we can about abolishing the
public schools, which were created to poison our children against us.
It is time to tell the inbred imbeciles who mistakenly believe they own
us that Americans have obeyed their last victim disarmament law.
It is time to tell them that their precious United Nations, nothing more
than an international criminal organization that openly advocates
genocide, must leave this continent, immediately and for good.
It is time to warn them that the Internet is the nervous system of a new
kind of civilization and must be left utterly untaxed and uncontrolled.
Sequestration sounds like castration, only more so: it would chop off
everything in sight. It would be so savage in its dismemberment of poor
helpless America that the Congressional Budget Office estimates that,
over the course of a decade, the sequestration cuts would reduce the
federal debt by $153 billion. Sorry, I meant to put on my Dr. Evil voice
for that: ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY THREE BILLION DOLLARS!!! Which is about
what the United States government currently borrows every month. No
sane person could willingly countenance brutally saving a month's worth
of debt over the course of a decade.
So now we have the latest cliffhanger: the Fiscal Cliff, below which
lies a bottomless abyss of sequestration, tax-cut extension expiries,
Alternative Minimum Tax adjustments, new Obamacare taxes, the expiry of
the deferment of the Medicare Sustainable Growth Rate, as well as the
expiry of the deferment of the implementation of the adjustment of the
correction of the extension of the reduction to the proposed increase of
the Alternative Minimum Growth Sustainability Reduction Rate. They
don't call it a yawning chasm for nothing.
As America hangs by its fingernails, wiggling its toesies over the
vertiginous plummet to oblivion, what can save her now? An Even More
Super Committee? A bipartisan agreement in which Republicans agree to
cave, and Democrats agree not to laugh at them too much? That could be
just the kind of farsighted reach-across-the-aisle compromise that
rescues the nation until next week's thrill-packed episode when
America's strapped into the driver's seat of a runaway Chevy Volt
careering round the hairpin bends on full charge, or trapped in an
abandoned subdivision overrun by foreclosure zombies.
I suppose it's possible to take this recurring melodrama seriously, but
there's no reason to. The problem facing the United States government is
that it spends over a trillion dollars a year that it doesn't have. If
you want to make that number go away, you need either to reduce spending
or increase revenue. With the best will in the world, you can't
interpret the election result as a spectacular victory for less
spending. Indeed, if nothing else, the unfortunate events of Nov. 6
should have performed the useful task of disabusing us poor
conservatives that America is any kind of "center-right nation." A few
months ago, I dined with a (pardon my English) French intellectual who,
apropos Mitt Romney's stump-speech warnings that we were on a one-way
ticket to Continental-sized dependency, chortled to me, "Americans love
Big Government as much as Europeans. The only difference is that
Americans refuse to admit it."
My Gallic charmer is on to something. According to the most recent
(2009) OECD statistics: Government expenditures per person in France,
$18,866.00; in the United States, $19,266.00. That's adjusted for
purchasing-power parity, and, yes, no comparison is perfect, but did you
ever think the difference between America and the cheese-eating
surrender monkeys would come down to quibbling over the fine print? In
that sense, the federal debt might be better understood as an American
Self-Delusion Index, measuring the ever-widening gap between the
national mythology (a republic of limited government and self-reliant
citizens) and the reality (a 21st century cradle-to-grave nanny state in
which, as the Democrats' Convention boasted, "government is the only
thing we do together.").
Generally speaking, functioning societies make good-faith efforts to
raise what they spend, subject to fluctuations in economic fortune:
Government spending in Australia is 33.1 percent of GDP, and tax
revenues are 27.1 percent. Likewise, government spending in Norway is
46.4 percent, and revenues are 41 percent – a shortfall but in the
ballpark. Government spending in the United States is 42.2 percent, but
revenues are 24 percent – the widest spending/taxing gulf in any major
economy.
So all the agonizing over our annual trillion-plus deficits overlooks
the obvious solution: Given that we're spending like Norwegians, why
don't we just pay Norwegian tax rates?
No danger of that. If (in Milton Himmelfarb's famous formulation) Jews
earn like Episcopalians but vote like Puerto Ricans, Americans are taxed
like Puerto Ricans but vote like Scandinavians.
We already have a more severely redistributive taxation system than
Europe, in which the wealthiest 20 percent of Americans pay 70 percent
of income tax while the poorest 20 percent shoulder just three-fifths of
1 percent. By comparison, the Norwegian tax burden is relatively
equitably distributed. Yet Obama now wishes "the rich" to pay their
"fair share" – presumably 80 percent or 90 percent. After all, as Warren
Buffett pointed out in The New York Times this week, the Forbes 400
richest Americans have a combined wealth of $1.7 trillion. That sounds
like a lot, and once upon a time it was. But today, if you confiscated
every penny the Forbes 400 have, it would be enough to cover just over
one year's federal deficit. And after that you're back to square one.
It's not that "the rich" aren't paying their "fair share," it's that
America isn't. A majority of the electorate has voted itself a size of
government it's not willing to pay for.
A couple of years back, Andrew Biggs of the American Enterprise
Institute calculated that, if Washington were to increase every single
tax by 30 percent, it would be enough to balance the books – in 25
years. If you were to raise taxes by 50 percent, it would be enough to
fund our entitlement liabilities – just our current ones, not our future
liabilities, which would require further increases. This is the scale
of course correction needed.
If you don't want that, you need to cut spending – like Harry Reid's
been doing. "Now remember, we've already done more than a billion
dollars' worth of cuts," he bragged the other day. "So we need to get
some credit for that."
Wow! A billion dollars' worth of cuts! Washington borrows $188 million
every hour. So, if Reid took over five hours to negotiate those "cuts,"
it was a complete waste of time. So are most of the "plans." In fact,
any "debt reduction plan" that doesn't address at least $1.3 trillion a
year is, in fact, a debt-increase plan.
So, given that the ruling party will not permit spending cuts, what
should Republicans do? If I were John Boehner, I'd say: "Clearly there's
no mandate for small government in the election results. So, if you
milquetoast pantywaist sad-sack excuses for the sorriest bunch of
so-called Americans who ever lived want to vote for Swede-sized statism,
it's time to pony up."
OK, he might want to focus-group it first. But that fundamental
dishonesty is the heart of the crisis. You cannot simultaneously enjoy
American-sized taxes and European-sized government. One or the other has
to go.
US birthrate hits record low:
"The rate of babies born in the United States hit a record low in
2011, a new analysis shows. Researchers say the drastic drop in the
birth rate among immigrants has greatly contributed to the overall
decrease. ... The overall number of births declined 7 percent from 2007
to 2010. During this period, U.S.-born women saw a 5 percent birth-rate
decline, while there was a 13 percent drop in births to immigrants."
In defence of loan sharking:
"The loan companies that advertise on Channel Five all charge
about 2,000 per cent. Others are said to charge as much as 4,000 per
cent. The last time I borrowed money, I paid five per cent. I avoid
going into debt on my credit cards, because of the 22 per cent charged
on them. It may seem heartless to defend the right to charge very high
interest rates -- especially as these are charged to the very poor, who
then have trouble getting out of debt. However, limiting the rate of
interest they can be charged is not the way to help the poor."
CA: Prop 39 will fund corporate welfare:
"Sold as a painless proposal to close a 'corporate tax loophole'
and 'bring dollars and jobs back to California,' Proposition 39 -- which
passed Nov. 6 with 60 percent support -- will do nothing of the sort.
The new law won't close a loophole; instead, it will create a new slush
fund for 'green' corporate welfare, hurt our economy and increase the
cost of products and services across the state. Supporters of Prop. 39
have claimed that a sneaky deal in 2009 created a loophole for corporate
taxation, penalizing in-state corporations and benefiting those outside
of California. That's not the case."
Anti-business US government puts a stop to Intrade making US customers happy:
"Reports have been swirling around about the death of another
business at the hands of a US government agency. While those reports
weren't totally true, as usual, the US Government has squashed any
attempt by unfree US citizens to do what they want. Intrade is still
alive and kicking (although it probably wouldn't be if it was based in
the US), minus its US customers ... for now anyway. As of December 23,
2012, all US accounts with Intrade will be suspended thanks to the
meddling of the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)."
CA: Suit calls San Francisco housing head bully, racist:
"The San Francisco Housing Authority, which runs more than 6,000
units of public housing for the city's poor, is headed by an executive
director who discriminates against white employees in favor of African
Americans and regularly employs offensive, outlandish language and
behavior in the workplace, according to a lawsuit filed by the agency's
own lawyer. The suit, filed in San Francisco Superior Court by the
agency's assistant general counsel, Tim Larsen, paints executive
director Henry Alvarez as a mercurial bully -- a description echoed in
interviews with The Chronicle by several others who have had close
contact with Alvarez since his arrival at the Housing Authority in
2008."
There is a new lot of postings by Chris Brand just up -- on his usual vastly "incorrect" themes of race, genes, IQ etc.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
3 December, 2012
There is a REAL Jewish plot -- but it's a very strange one
It's a plot AGAINST Israel
by Lawrence Solomon
“Why is Jewish-owned press so consistently anti-Israel in every crisis?”
tweeted News Corp.’s Rupert Murdoch, in reaction to the overwhelmingly
negative coverage Israel was receiving during its war with Gaza. Many in
the left-wing press immediately pounced on Murdoch’s comment, claiming,
as a Guardian writer did, that Murdoch had “slipped into an
anti-Semitic usage.” A CNN commentator called Murdoch’s tweet “beyond
outrageous to offensive, truly offensive … reviving the old canard about
Jews controlling the media.”
Anti-Semites do commonly claim that Jews dominate the media out of all
proportion to their numbers. But Murdoch, a Christian who heads the
world’s largest media company, is no anti-Semite — he is as unabashedly
pro-Zionist as they come. Neither are the anti-Semites wrong — Jews do
exercise vast influence in the media, as they do in many industries,
whether cultural such as fashion and entertainment, financial such as
banking and insurance, whether the industries involve computer software
or hardware, or retail or real estate. In all these areas and more, Jews
often hold commanding positions as owners and managers.
Among newspapers, The New York Times has long been the world’s
best-known newspaper and the decider of what constitutes news — the rest
of the media often takes its cue from the Times. It has been owned by
the Ochs-Sulzberger family since 1896, when the son of a Jewish Bavarian
immigrant, Adolph Ochs, took it over.
The Los Angeles Times and the Chicago Tribune, also prestigious papers,
are owned along with many other papers by Tribune Co., one of America’s
largest newspaper groups. It is chaired by Sam Zell, son of Polish Jews
who fled to America prior to Hitler’s invasion in 1939.
National Broadcasting Corp., America’s first national broadcast company,
had its origins in RCA, and both owed their success to David Sarnoff, a
Belarussian Jew who also pioneered the AM radio business. NBC today is
owned by Comcast, America’s largest cable company, which was co-founded
and then run for 46 years by Ralph Roberts, a Jew, and is now run by his
son, Brian Roberts.
NBC’s long-standing rival, Columbia Broadcasting System, was built by
William S. Paley, the son of an Ukrainian Jew. CBS is now majority owned
by the family of Sumner Murray Redstone (born Sumner Murray Rothstein),
also a Jew, who is also CBS’s executive chairman. (Redstone also owns
Viacom, MTV and BET.) CBS’s president and CEO is Leslie Moonves, also a
Jew.
American Broadcasting Corp., the third major U.S. network, was hived off
from the NBC network in the 1940s and is now run by Bob Iger, a Jew,
who succeeded Michael Eisner, another Jew.
Anti-Semites who believe Jewish ownership leads the press to show
favouritism toward Jews haven’t been paying attention. The New York
Times during the 1930s and 1940s played down the Nazi atrocities,
burying stories of concentration camps and Jewish mass murders in small
stories in the paper’s interior. In recent decades, the Times has been
consistently anti-Israel.In these and many other media companies, Jews
play a dominant role, often an entrepreneurial founding role in creating
media empires. It will give anti-Semites no comfort to realize, though,
that the Jewish media does not work in concert in a conspiracy to
control the world. Jewish-owned firms compete with each other as well as
with non-Jewish media companies such as Murdoch’s. Jew or non-Jew, they
all play against each other to win, giving no quarter on the basis of
religion or ethnicity.
A current controversy that demonstrates its biased coverage involves New
York Timesreporter David Carr, who on Sunday lambasted Israel for
bombing a vehicle of journalists working for Al-Aqsa, a Hamas-owned TV
station. The article, provocatively titled “Using War as Cover to Target
Journalists,” took issue with Israel’s explanation, that the targets,
whose vehicle was marked “TV,” were relevant to terror activity. As Carr
summed it up for Times readers: “So it has come to this: killing
members of the news media can be justified by a phrase as amorphous as
‘relevance to terror activity.’”
Carr could have explained to Times readers that Al-Aqsa TV is designated
by the U.S. government as a terrorist organization, that one of the
“journalists” was in fact a Hamas commander who headed its military
training programs and that another person he refers to as a “journalist”
wore a military uniform and was referred to by Hamas as a “mujahid,”
i.e., a jihadist. Had Carr been keen to understand Israel’s
justification, he might further have realized that a journalist for a
terrorist organization was more akin to a propagandist following orders;
that under international law, Israel was permitted to target “the
installations of broadcasting and television stations of fundamental
military importance,” as NATO had when it bombed the Serb Radio and
Television headquarters in 1999 during the Kosovo War, killing 16
civilians.
The extent to which the media has distorted the war between Gaza and
Israel is mind-boggling. During the eight-day conflict, casual consumers
of news could have easily missed that Israel’s bombardment of Gaza only
occurred after it had warned Hamas to stop attacking Israeli civilians
over a period of months — some 800 Hamas rockets had rained on Israel
this year prior to the war. Much of the press rarely if ever mentioned
that Hamas, the terrorist group running Gaza, was violating the Geneva
Convention by targeting Israeli civilians; that it was also violating
the Geneva Convention by using its own civilians as shields; that Israel
was going to great lengths to avoid civilian casualties in Gaza and
that Israel’s only reason to invade Gaza — rather than safely from on
high bombing the rocket launchers that Hamas had placed in schools,
hospitals, and apartment buildings — would have been to minimize
civilian casualties in Gaza.
Anti-Semites looking for media coverage sympathetic to Israel would be
hard-pressed to find it in the Jewish-led press (Mort Zuckerman’s New
York Daily News and U.S. News and World Report being notable
exceptions). The narrative the anti-Semites are most comfortable with,
ironically, comes from Jews.
Brains on tramtracks: Leftist emotional needs trump the facts every time
I’d like to introduce a new term: Rekab Street. That’s Baker Street
spelled backwards, and it represents the opposite of Sherlock Holmes’
approach: rather than notice the anomalies and detect evidence of
criminal or shameful activity that people have deliberately tried to
conceal, residents of Rekab Street systematically ignore any clues that
violate the expectations/demands of their preconceived narrative,
sweeping aside the anomalies and highlighting precisely what has been
created to mislead. It is, in a sense, a process of stupefaction.
Rekab Street exists in many fields.
In a sense, Thomas Kuhn’s book, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions,
focuses on the problem, in particular, on the resistance to anomalies
that contradict the paradigm. He cites a study by Bruner and Postman
about how the resistance to anomalies that violate expectations can be
so strong that people can literally not see that a deck has some playing
cards with red spades and black hearts. The authors note the
psychological discomfort felt by people confronting these anomalies
(which their minds literally do not want to see).
In my own chosen field of medieval history, I have found precisely this
kind of resistance. My early (and now current) work focused on a
substantial trail of evidence indicating that for over half a
millennium, Latin Christians had been tracking the advent of the year
6000 from the Creation (at which point the millennial kingdom would
begin), but that as the date approached, the clergy (our unique source
for documentation) dropped the dating system and adopted another that
pushed off the apocalyptic date. Among the many events of note that
coincided with the advent of these disappeared dates was the coronation
of Charlemagne, held on the first day of the year 6000 according to the
most widely accepted count, but dated by observers as AD 801.
I argued this “silence,” on something so critical reflected not
indifference, but deep anxiety. Like Conan Doyle’s “Silver Blaze,” the
main clue was the dog who did not bark. In response, I found that
medievalists clung to their view of Charlemagne as someone with his feet
firmly planted on the ground, who would never be moved by such
silliness. As a result they handled the evidence in ways that resembled
the work of clean-up and construction crews rather than that of
detectives and archeologists.
Since 2000, the reigning approach for understanding the Middle East
conflict between Israel and her neighbors has focused narrowly on the
what’s called the “Israeli-Palestinian conflict.” The resulting (or
founding) paradigm for such an approach is what I’ve called either PCP 1
(politically-correct paradigm) or PCP 2 (post-colonial paradigm). In
both cases, the framing conceit is the Israeli Goliath and the
Palestinian David. And so powerful is the underdogma that governs this
view that all evidence to the contrary gets swept aside. So insistent
are the demands to support the underdog, that the cost of ignoring
empirical reality seem a small price to pay.
What results, is a process of determined, deliberate stupefaction, in
which we must inhabit Rekab Street, wemust ignore critical evidence, bow
down to ghoulish idols, literally render ourselves stupid. We must not
talk abouthonor-shame culture much less adopt a paradigmatic view that
privileges such concerns in understanding the Arab/Muslim hatred of an
independent Jewish state in Dar al Islam. We should not discuss Islam’s
triumphalist obsession with dominating and humiliating non-believers. We
cannot discuss anti-Semitism or the Holocaust without equating it with
Islamophobia, lest we offend people we might identify as agents of a new
blood-dimmed tide. We cannot discuss the repeated evidence that our
humanity is being systematically abused to benefit people who literally
embody everything that we progressive, democratically-minded people
abhor.
And as a result, we are fully misinformed by our media and our
academics, who think that “attacking the most powerful” is a sign of
courage regardless of who’s right, who prefer to preen about their moral
superiority even at the direct cost of empowering those who hold their
morality in contempt, who attack their critics savagely even as they
embrace their enemies; who can’t tell parody from reality because the
procrustean beds they impose on the evidence have led them to invert
empirical reality.
Thus babies killed by Hamas become the occasion of cries for sympathy
for Gazans assaulted by Israel. And terrorists who disguise themselves
as journalists become the occasion for accusing Israel of deliberately
killing journalists. An army which undergoes a disastrous defeat,
gets handed laurels of victory for their performance. The world’s army
with (by far) the best record when it comes to reducing civilian
casualties on the other side in urban warfare get’s painted at the
world’s most brutal army.
The inhabitants of Rekab Street cannot break step with the parade of the Emperor’s New Clothes.
Of course were this merely a children’s tale for adults, the tailors
merely financial tricksters, the emperor merely vain, and the court
merely foolish and frightened of losing face, it might be alright (don’t
want to impose too high standards here).
But when the tailors are malevolent agents of a ruthless cognitive war
of aggression, the new clothes are icons of hatred designed to arouse
genocidal fury against the very people witnessing the parade, and the
court is aggressively dishonest, it’s another story. Something like the
opposite of harmless.
If we survive this challenge, there will be an entire field of scholarly
research into the tendencies of intellectuals to commit civilizational
suicide.
Republicans find themselves in the unenviable position of being forced
to agree to raise taxes on those earning more than $200,000 (the actual
cut off for those Mr. Obama refers to as "millionaires and
billionaires"), or risk being blamed for a tax increase on all taxpaying
Americans. They will probably agree, which means it's a politically
unavoidable policy, not a good policy.
Why does Obama insist upon raising taxes? Not because he believes it
will improve the economy, and not because he believes it will increase
receipts to the Treasury. The proposed taxes would bring in about $80
billion a year, a trivial number compared with our 1.3 trillion
deficits. Making the books balance is (obviously) not Obama's goal. In
2008, when it was pointed out to him that President Clinton's cut in the
capital gains rate increased the revenue from the tax (because lower
rates encouraged more transactions), Obama was unmoved. He'd still favor
an increase in the capital gains rate, he explained, for the sake of
"fairness." In another famous and revealing moment, he told Joe the
Plumber that he prefers to "spread the wealth around."
That's his lodestar. The Washington Post waited until the election was
safely behind us to run a story by Zachary Goldfarb examining the
president's governing philosophy. "[B]eneath his tactical maneuvering
lies a consistent and unifying principle: to use the powers of his
office to shrink the growing gap between the wealthiest Americans and
everyone else." The president, the article tells us (not that we didn't
surmise this already), is determined to reduce income inequality.
The president has "an acute awareness of recent research" the Post
continues, showing that the changing economy has increased the value of a
college education and made it harder for those without a degree to
succeed. Obama's solution? Despite budget pressures, he made a goal of
having every student receive at least one year of college."
Is inequality a problem if prosperity is broadly shared? As John F.
Kennedy observed, "A rising tide lifts all boats." Improving the life
chances of those at the bottom should be a priority. But the way to do
that is to focus on education, family structure, and expanding private
sector employment, not on redistribution of income.
True to Obama's philosophy, we are pumping cash into the hands of
students wishing to attend college. As the Wall Street Journal reports,
"Nearly all student loans -- 93 percent of them last year -- are made
directly by the government, which asks little or nothing about
borrowers' ability to repay or about what sort of education they intend
to pursue."
Sound familiar? It's exactly the sort of backwards thinking that, to
coin a phrase, "got us into this mess." Politicians (most, but not all,
Democrats) noticed that homeownership was associated with a number of
social goods -- steady employment, social engagement, high test scores
for children -- and decided that the homes were causing the other
benefits. Make home ownership more broadly available by making mortgages
easier to get, ran the logic, and everyone would benefit.
We know how that turned out. But the Democrats learned all the wrong
lessons from that debacle -- fairy tales that they may actually believe
about greedy Wall Street and rich Republicans. So now we are busy
repeating our folly, inflating what Glenn Harlan Reynolds calls the
"higher education bubble." "College is getting more expensive, a lot
more expensive," Reynolds said. "At an annual growth rate of 7.4 percent
a year, tuition has vastly outstripped the consumer price index of 3.8
percent. It's skyrocketed past spiraling health care increases of 5.8
percent. Even the housing bubble at its runaway peak pales in
comparison."
Colleges are happy to pocket the windfall while students are being
sabotaged. Half of all college graduates cannot find jobs. While
homeowners could walk away from an underwater mortgage, there is no
escape from student loan debt. Student loans, now in excess of $1
trillion, outstrip car loans and credit card debt, and, unlike those
obligations, which are declining, continue to increase because the
government is offering what seems to the unwary like a gift.
Just as the housing bubble collapse wound up increasing, rather than
reducing inequality, the foolish expansion of student loan debt may
hobble an entire generation with a crippling burden. Perhaps the new
debtors can console themselves, as they postpone marriage and move in
with their parents, that Mr. Obama "cared about the problems of people
like me."
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
****************************
2 December, 2012
GOP must not lie down and die
With its House majority, the GOP has a "mandate" too
Hugh Hewitt
The only thing worse than losing in politics is quitting after a loss
since the vast and great American sport of politics never stops, and
increasingly doesn't even pause for the holidays.
Which is why I am grateful for Kelly Ayotte, Ted Cruz, Jon Kyl and Shelley Moore Capito.
In the weeks since the election, New Hampshire Senator Ayotte could have
gone to ground as most of her colleagues have done, adopting a
wait-and-see attitude that minimized political risk and profile. Instead
she teamed with Senate veterans John McCain and Lindsey Graham to
insist that Ambassador Susan Rice, presumptive nominee for the position
of Secretary of State, be held accountable for statements the ambassador
made during the presidential campaign about the September 11 slaughter
of American diplomats and security personnel in Benghazi.
Ayotte was on my radio show Wednesday (transcript here) and it is clear
that she will do everything she can to set a precedent about the
politicization of American foreign policy during campaigns. If political
appointees to key foreign policy positions distort issues of American
national security in order to gain political advantage, as Rice appear
to have done, Ayotte and her like-minded colleagues will not allow those
deceptions to lead to promotion.
Ted Cruz, the senator-elect from Texas, is another rising star of the
GOP who could, quite easily, blend into the scenery for a few months and
adopt a wait-and-see attitude about what the political future holds.
Instead of the safe course, Cruz accepted a key role at the National
Republican Senatorial Committee and has reappeared on the airwaves to
make a case for finding certain kinds of candidates committed to an
articulate, fighting conservatism. Like Ayotte, he was on my program
this week to make these points. (That transcript is here.) We need Cruz
and Ayotte, as well as the other rising stars of the Senate GOP caucus
--Marco Rubio, Rand Paul, John Thune and Pat Toomey-- to be constantly
out in front of cameras and crowds making the case for slowing down and
stopping the president's ruinous agenda for which no mandate was asked
for much less received. These half dozen senators also have to model for
would-be candidates in the incredibly important cycle ahead what it
takes to succeed in a political environment where the left dominates
MSM.
Retiring Senator Jon Kyl continues to display the sort of gifts that
have made him among the most admired men in Washington, D.C. as he tries
to help his GOP colleagues move towards a compromise with the president
that is truly a compromise and one that protects the nation's defenses.
I am skeptical of the GOP's ability to do anything except strap on a
parachute and go over the cliff because the president is demanding a set
of measures worse than the fall ahead and the GOP has managed to blow
its initial negotiating posture again via ill-timed concession speeches
by the likes of Oklahoma Congressman Tom Cole. Perhaps Speaker Boehner
can recover the position, but the president's talking points, bolstered
by voices like Cole's, have been amplified by the Obama-loving media
into a formidable media message that the GOP is responsible for a
looming economic collapse. Not true, of course, but the Republicans
resolute unwillingness to try and communicate the real situation leaves
it a victim of the president's relentless messaging.
Senator Kyl demonstrated in an interview with me yesterday how to combat
this White House maneuvering, but that example needs replication by
Speaker Boehner, Majority Leader Cantor and of course Budget Chairman
Paul Ryan. You can't win arguments with the American people that you
never make.
Which is why the last elected I want to praise for taking action this
week is West Virginia Republican Congresswoman Shelley Moore Capito.
Capito declared her candidacy for the senate seat currently held by Jay
Rockefeller. She did so, she told me on air yesterday, only after
considerable discussion about whether it was "too early" to start a 2014
race and after deciding that since she knew she was going to run it was
only fair to tell her constituents, Senator Rockefeller and anyone who
might want to consider running for her House seat. Candid and
transparent, that, and exactly the way to approach politics in the new
media age.
I am extremely happy Capito announced for it allows the GOP to focus not
just on her candidacy --she's a terrific campaigner, a veteran, popular
legislator who is smart and articulate and a leader on the energy
issues so crucial to the future of the GOP-- but also on the need to
recruit similar candidates for the other nine Democratic senate seats
that are up for grabs in 22 short months. (Dems are defending 20 of 33
senate seats and recall that voting begins in October 2014, so we are
already two months into the next cycle.)
Capito came out of the box with a great website and a commitment to
social media --@capitoforWV on Twitter-- that allows for frustrated GOP
grassroots to see that the party isn't going to blow a third chance at
taking the gavel out of Harry Reid's hands and thus passing a budget in
2015 that will be a blueprint for voters in 2016, who will by then
understand that Obamanomics has never been about growth but always about
power, just as Obamacare hasn't been about health care but about power.
The future of the House GOP majority depends on the moves made by
Speaker Boehner over the next six months, but recapturing the Senate
depends upon Capito and nine other individuals not yet known. Perhaps
another one or two, like former South Dakota Governor Mile Rounds, will
make their candidacies formal before Christmas, but certainly by the
time the new session begins in D.C. the would-be senators should have
laid their cards on the table and asked for the help of the party and
the SuperPacs. "There isn't a moment to be lost," Jack Aubrey has a
habit of saying throughout the masterful novels of Patrick O'Brian, and
he was never wrong. That's a good message for a Beltway GOP that still
seems stunned, and thanks to Ayotte, Cruz, Kyl and Capito, it is a
message that may be getting through.
Is the decline of American manufacturing jobs a bad thing?
Lately, I’ve encountered with unusual frequency claims that the 1950s
were a glorious economic time for America’s middle-class – a time so
glorious, what with strong labor unions and high (above 90%!) marginal
income-tax rates and all, that we middle-class Americans of today should
look back with longing and envy on those marvelous years of six decades
ago.
So on Saturday I bought on eBay this Fall/Winter 1956 Sears catalog.
I spent an extra $8-and-change to have it shipped to me overnight –
a service that I could not have purchased in 1956. My catalog
arrived on my doorstep today. I’m eager to explore it and to
report my findings with some thoroughness.
But to give you a taste now, below is a sample of what I plan to do.
Having on hand information on the nominal average hourly earnings of
nonsupervisory nonfarm private production workers in the U.S. in 2012 -
that figure being $19.79 (as of October 2012) - I searched for the same
earnings figure for 1956. Thus far I’ve had no luck finding that
number. (Please feel free, I bleg of you, to help me find this
figure, if you so desire.) So, for 1956 I instead use average
hourly manufacturing earnings of production workers, as reported in
Table 1 here. That figure is $1.89.
This nominal wage figure for 1956 isn’t exactly comparable to the
nominal wage figure that I use for 2012, but it’s close enough, at least
for this first-pass analysis. If the claim of many “Progressives” is
true that manufacturing is the most princely sort of work that
middle-class Americans can do, then presumably this figure of $1.89 is
higher than the hourly earnings of all private, nonfarm nonsupervisory
workers in 1956. Anyway….
So let’s ask: how long did a typical American worker have to toil in
1956 to buy a particular sort of good compared to how long a similarly
typical American worker today must toil to buy that same (or similar)
sort of good? Here are four familiar items: refrigerator-freezers;
kitchen ranges; televisions; and automatic washers.
Refrigerator-freezers
Sears’s lowest-priced no-frost refrigerator-freezer in 1956 had 9.6
cubic feet, in total, of space. It sold for $219.95 (in
1956-dollar prices). (You can find a lovely black-and-white
photograph of this mid-’50s fridge on page 1036 of the 1956 Sears
catalog.) Home Depot today sells a 10 cubic-foot no-frost
refrigerator-freezer for $298.00 (in 2012-dollar prices). (You can
find it in color on line here.)
Therefore, the typical American worker in 1956 had to work a total of
219.95/1.89 hours to buy that 9.6 cubic-foot fridge – or a total of 116
hours. (I round to the nearest whole number.) Today, to buy a
similar no-frost refrigerator-freezer, the typical American worker must
work a total of 298.00/19.79 hours – or 15 hours. That is, to buy
basic household refrigeration and freezing, today’s worker must spend
only 13 percent of the time that his counterpart in 1956 had to spend.
Kitchen ranges
Sears’s lowest-priced 30″ four-burner electric range, with bottom oven,
was priced, in 1956, at $129.95. (You can find this range on page
1049 of the 1956 Sears catalog.) Home Depot sells a 30″
four-burner electric range, with bottom oven, today for $348.00.
The typical American manufacturing worker in 1956, therefore, had to
work 129.95/1.89 – or 69 hours – to buy an ordinary kitchen range.
His or her counterpart today must work 348.00/19.79 – or 18 –
hours to buy the same sized ordinary range.
Television sets
Sears’s lowest-priced television in 1956 was a black-and-white (of
course) 17″ model. (You can find it on page 1018 of the 1956
catalog.) That t.v. set was priced at $114.95. Sears today
sells no 17″ t.v. sets. The closest set I could find at Sears was
this 19″ color (of course) model, which is priced at $194.00.
The typical American manufacturing worker in 1956, therefore, had to
work 114.95/1.89 – or 61 hours – to buy this tiny black-and-white (with
no remote!) television set. His or her counterpart today must work
194.00/19.79 – or 10 – hours to buy a slightly larger, high-def, color
(with remote!) television set.
Automatic Washing Machines
Sears’s lowest-priced automatic washer – it could handle loads up to a
maximum of 8 lbs. – sold in 1956 for $149.95. (You can find it on
page 1029 of Sears’s 1956 catalog.) Today, Sears’s lowest-priced
washer sells for $299.99. (It’s got 3.4 cubic feet of wash-bin
space; I can’t find a maximum “pound-load” for it. Presumably,
this 2012 washer isn’t significantly smaller than – and might well be
significantly larger than – the low-priced 1956 model.)
The typical American manufacturing worker in 1956, therefore, had to
work 149.95/1.89 – or 79 hours – to buy an ‘inexpensive’ new washing
machine. His or her counterpart today must work 299.99/19.79 – or
15 – hours to buy an inexpensive new washing machine.
(Bonus point: Because the lowest marginal personal-income-tax rate
imposed by Uncle Sam in the 1950s was significantly higher than it is
today, hourly middle-class earnings today go even farther, for
individual earners, than they did six decades ago.)
In the above I don’t adjust for quality – yet it is certainly true what
they say: “They don’t make ‘em like they used to.” They make ‘em
better. So the real-price reductions for these above four items
are even larger than indicated above.
In follow-up posts I’ll go into more detail, using my lovely Fall/Winter
1956 Sears catalog, to gain further insight to how middle-class
Americans’ economic fortunes today compare to what those fortunes were
in 1956. I am well-aware that no such ‘catalog’ analysis covers
all fronts or can possibly tell a complete picture. Yet I also
firmly believe that such analysis does convey very useful information.
Rule #1 of the anti-Israel media, fanatically followed by the LA Times:
Israel is always the aggressor no matter what and even if it means
changing the facts.
In the LA Times from Thursday, November 22, Edmund Sanders reported:
"…even after the cease-fire went into effect about half a dozen rockets
were fired into Israel."
See also the Jerusalem Post.
But in the LA Times from Saturday, November 24, the same Edmund Sanders
reported the following after suspected PLO infiltrators were shot at on
the Gaza border: "The [Israeli] shootings marked the first episode
of violence since the cease-fire took effect…"
When the same reporter lies about facts he reported 2 days earlier, to
falsely make Israel look bad as the aggressor and first breaker of the
cease-fire, the bias is malicious.
The antisemites at the LA Times are just a step away from denying the Holocaust.
It's unnecessary, ineffective, and expensive. And that's just for starters
Sunday, November 25, 2012 marks the 10th anniversary of the
creation of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which pulled
together nearly two dozen federal agencies and departments under the
control of new, single entity. Its responsibilities include running the
US Border Patrol, the Plum Island Animal Disease Center, and FEMA.
DHS is the third biggest cabinet agency, but are we better off because of its existence?
Here are three reasons to get rid of DHS.
1. It’s unnecessary. In the months immediately following September 11
attacks in 2001, President George W. Bush initially resisted calls to
create a new high-level bureaucracy that would be laid on top of current
activities. He was right to recognize that coordinating existing
agencies would have been smarter and better. Unfortunately, he caved in
to pressure to create a massive new department.
2. It’s ineffective. To read the titles of Government Accountability
Office (GAO) analyses of Homeland Security is to be reminded constantly
that DHS is never quite on top of its game. Recent reports include “DHS
Requires More Disciplined Investment Management to Help Meet Mission
Needs,” “DHS Needs Better Project Information and Coordination Among
Four Overlapping Grant Programs,” and “Agriculture Inspection Program
Has Made Some Improvements, But Management Challenges Persist.”
3. It’s expensive. Last year, Homeland Security spent a whopping $60
billion, a figure that will doubtlessly increase in coming years. The
construction of its new headquarters – the single-largest projectever
undertaken by The General Services Administration – will cost at least
$4 billion and is already years behind on schedule since breaking ground
in 2009.
Since it’s the holiday season, here’s a bonus reason to get rid of the
Department of Homeland Security: It also runs the Transportation
Security Administration, whose nasty reputation for manhandling innocent
travelers is only slightly more annoying than its massive and
undeserved growth in personnel and cost over the past decade.
List of backup or "mirror" sites here or here -- for when blogspot is "down" or failing to update. Email me here (Hotmail address). My Home Pages are here (Academic) or here (Pictorial) or here (Personal)
****************************
The Big Lie of the late 20th century was that Nazism was Rightist. It was in fact typical of the Leftism
of its day. It was only to the Right of Stalin's Communism.
The very word "Nazi" is a German abbreviation for "National
Socialist" (Nationalsozialist) and the full name of Hitler's political party (translated) was "The National Socialist German Workers' Party" (In German: Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei)
***************************
1 December, 2012
Sabbath
Postings from Brisbane, Australia by John J. Ray
(M.A.; Ph.D.) -- former member of the Australia-Soviet Friendship
Society, former anarcho-capitalist and former member of the British
Conservative party.
MESSAGE to Leftists: Even if you killed all conservatives tomorrow, you
would just end up in another Soviet Union. Conservatives are all that
stand between you and that dismal fate. And you may not even survive at
all. Stalin killed off all the old Bolsheviks.
IN BRIEF:
The U.S. Constitution is neither "living" nor dead. It is fixed until
it is amended. But amending it is the privilege of the people, not of
politicians or judges
Leftists think that utopia can be coerced into existence -- so no
dishonesty or brutality is beyond them in pursuit of that "noble" goal
It's the shared hatred of the rest of us that unites Islamists and the Left.
American liberals don't love America. They despise it. All they love is
their own fantasy of what America could become. They are false patriots.
The Democratic Party: Con-men elected by the ignorant and the arrogant
The Democratic Party is a strange amalgam of elites, would-be elites and
minorities. No wonder their policies are so confused and irrational
The Republicans are the gracious side of American politics. It is the Democrats who are the nasty party, the haters
The characteristic emotion of the Leftist is not envy. It's rage
Leftists are committed to grievance, not truth
The world's dumbest investor? Without doubt it is Uncle Sam. Nobody
anywhere could rival the scale of the losses on "investments" made under
the Obama administration
"Behind the honeyed but patently absurd pleas for equality is a
ruthless drive for placing themselves (the elites) at the top of a new
hierarchy of power" -- Murray Rothbard - Egalitarianism and the Elites (1995)
"World socialism as a whole, and all the figures associated with it, are
shrouded in legend; its contradictions are forgotten or concealed; it
does not respond to arguments but continually ignores them--all this
stems from the mist of irrationality that surrounds socialism and from
its instinctive aversion to scientific analysis... The doctrines of
socialism seethe with contradictions, its theories are at constant odds
with its practice, yet due to a powerful instinct these contradictions
do not in the least hinder the unending propaganda of socialism. Indeed,
no precise, distinct socialism even exists; instead there is only a
vague, rosy notion of something noble and good, of equality, communal
ownership, and justice: the advent of these things will bring instant
euphoria and a social order beyond reproach." -- Solzhenitsyn
"The heart of the wise inclines to the right, but the heart of the fool to the left." -- Ecclesiastes 10:2 (NIV)
“My reading of history convinces me that most bad government results from too much government.” -- Thomas Jefferson
"Much that passes as idealism is disguised hatred or disguised love of power" -- Bertrand Russell
Evan Sayet:
The Left sides "...invariably with evil over good, wrong over right,
and the behaviors that lead to failure over those that lead to success."
(t=5:35+ on video)
Some useful definitions:
If a conservative doesn't like guns, he doesn't buy one. If a liberal doesn't like guns, he wants all guns outlawed. If
a conservative is a vegetarian, he doesn't eat meat. If a liberal is a
vegetarian, he wants all meat products banned for everyone. If a
conservative is down-and-out, he thinks about how to better his
situation. A liberal wonders who is going to take care of him. If a conservative doesn't like a talk show host, he switches channels. Liberals demand that those they don't like be shut down. If
a conservative is a non-believer, he doesn't go to church. A liberal
non-believer wants any mention of God and religion silenced. (Unless
it's a foreign religion, of course!) If a conservative decides he
needs health care, he goes about shopping for it, or may choose a job
that provides it. A liberal demands that the rest of us pay for his.
There is better evidence for creation than there is for the Leftist
claim that “gender” is a “social construct”. Most Leftist claims seem
to be faith-based rather than founded on the facts
Death taxes:
You would expect a conscientious person, of whatever degree of
intelligence, to reflect on the strange contradiction involved in
denying people the right to unearned wealth, while supporting programs
that give people unearned wealth.
America is no longer the land of the free. It is now the land of the regulated -- though it is not alone in that, of course
The Leftist motto: "I love humanity. It's just people I can't stand"
Envy is a strong and widespread human emotion so there has alway been
widespread support for policies of economic "levelling". Both the USA
and the modern-day State of Israel were founded by communists but
reality taught both societies that respect for the individual gave much
better outcomes than levelling ideas. Sadly, there are many people in
both societies in whom hatred for others is so strong that they are
incapable of respect for the individual. The destructiveness of what
they support causes them to call themselves many names in different
times and places but they are the backbone of the political Left
Gore Vidal: "Every time a friend succeeds, I die a little". Vidal was of course a Leftist
The large number of rich Leftists suggests that, for them, envy is
secondary. They are directly driven by hatred and scorn for many of the
other people that they see about them. Hatred of others can be rooted
in many things, not only in envy. But the haters come together as the
Left.
Leftists hate the world around them and want to change it: the people in
it most particularly. Conservatives just want to be left alone to make
their own decisions and follow their own values.
The failure of the Soviet experiment has definitely made the American
Left more vicious and hate-filled than they were. The plain failure of
what passed for ideas among them has enraged rather than humbled them.
Ronald Reagan famously observed that the status quo is Latin for “the
mess we’re in.” So much for the vacant Leftist claim that conservatives
are simply defenders of the status quo. They think that conservatives
are as lacking in principles as they are.
Was Confucius a conservative? The following saying would seem to
reflect good conservative caution: "The superior man, when resting in
safety, does not forget that danger may come. When in a state of
security he does not forget the possibility of ruin. When all is
orderly, he does not forget that disorder may come. Thus his person is
not endangered, and his States and all their clans are preserved."
The shallow thinkers of the Left sometimes claim that conservatives want
to impose their own will on others in the matter of abortion. To make
that claim is however to confuse religion with politics. Conservatives
are in fact divided about their response to abortion. The REAL
opposition to abortion is religious rather than political. And the
church which has historically tended to support the LEFT -- the Roman
Catholic church -- is the most fervent in the anti-abortion cause.
Conservatives are indeed the one side of politics to have moral qualms
on the issue but they tend to seek a middle road in dealing with it.
Taking the issue to the point of legal prohibitions is a religious
doctrine rather than a conservative one -- and the religion concerned
may or may not be characteristically conservative. More on that here
The Leftist hunger for change to the society that they hate leads to a
hunger for control over other people. And they will do and say anything
to get that control: "Power at any price". Leftist politicians are
mostly self-aggrandizing crooks who gain power by deceiving the
uninformed with snake-oil promises -- power which they invariably use
to destroy. Destruction is all that they are good at. Destruction is
what haters do.
Leftists are consistent only in their hate. They don't have principles.
How can they when "there is no such thing as right and wrong"? All
they have is postures, pretend-principles that can be changed as easily
as one changes one's shirt
A Leftist assumption: Making money doesn't entitle you to it, but wanting money does.
"Politicians never accuse you of 'greed' for wanting other people's
money -- only for wanting to keep your own money." --columnist Joe
Sobran (1946-2010)
Leftist policies are candy-coated rat poison that may appear appealing at first, but inevitably do a lot of damage to everyone impacted by them.
A tribute and thanks to Mary Jo Kopechne. Her death was reprehensible
but she probably did more by her death that she ever would have in life:
She spared the world a President Ted Kennedy. That the heap of
corruption that was Ted Kennedy died peacefully in his bed is one of the
clearest demonstrations that we do not live in a just world. Even Joe
Stalin seems to have been smothered to death by Nikita Khrushchev
I often wonder why Leftists refer to conservatives as "wingnuts". A
wingnut is a very useful device that adds versatility wherever it is
used. Clearly, Leftists are not even good at abuse. Once they have
accused their opponents of racism and Nazism, their cupboard is bare.
Similarly, Leftists seem to think it is a devastating critique to refer
to "Worldnet Daily" as "Worldnut Daily". The poverty of their
argumentation is truly pitiful
The Leftist assertion that there is no such thing as right and wrong has
a distinguished history. It was Pontius Pilate who said "What is
truth?" (John 18:38). From a Christian viewpoint, the assertion is
undoubtedly the Devil's gospel
Even in the Old Testament they knew about "Postmodernism": "Woe unto
them that call evil good, and good evil; that put darkness for light,
and light for darkness; that put bitter for sweet, and sweet for
bitter!" - Isaiah 5:20 (KJV)
Was Solomon the first conservative? "The hearts of men are full of evil
and madness is in their hearts" -- Ecclesiastes: 9:3 (RSV). He could
almost have been talking about Global Warming.
"If one rejects laissez faire on account of man's fallibility and moral
weakness, one must for the same reason also reject every kind of
government action." - Ludwig von Mises
Because of their need to be different from the mainstream, Leftists are very good at pretending that sow's ears are silk purses
Among intelligent people, Leftism is a character defect. Leftists HATE
success in others -- which is why notably successful societies such as
the USA and Israel are hated and failures such as the Palestinians can
do no wrong.
A Leftist's beliefs are all designed to pander to his ego. So when you
have an argument with a Leftist, you are not really discussing the
facts. You are threatening his self esteem. Which is why the normal
Leftist response to challenge is mere abuse.
Because of the fragility of a Leftist's ego, anything that threatens it
is intolerable and provokes rage. So most Leftist blogs can be
summarized in one sentence: "How DARE anybody question what I
believe!". Rage and abuse substitute for an appeal to facts and reason.
Because their beliefs serve their ego rather than reality, Leftists just KNOW what is good for us. Conservatives need evidence.
“Absolute certainty is the privilege of uneducated men and fanatics.” -- C.J. Keyser
“Hell is paved with good intentions" -- Boswell’s Life of Johnson of 1775
"Almost all professors of the arts and sciences are egregiously
conceited, and derive their happiness from their conceit" -- Erasmus
THE FALSIFICATION OF HISTORY HAS DONE MORE TO IMPEDE HUMAN DEVELOPMENT THAN ANY ONE THING KNOWN TO MANKIND -- ROUSSEAU
"Seest thou a man wise in his own conceit? there is more hope of a fool than of him" (Proverbs 26: 12). I think that sums up Leftists pretty well.
Eminent British astrophysicist Sir Arthur Stanley Eddington is often
quoted as saying: "Not only is the universe stranger than we imagine, it
is stranger than we can imagine." It was probably in fact said by his
contemporary, J.B.S. Haldane. But regardless of authorship, it could
well be a conservative credo not only about the cosmos but also about
human beings and human society. Mankind is too complex to be summed
up by simple rules and even complex rules are only approximations with
many exceptions.
Politics is the only thing Leftists know about. They know nothing of
economics, history or business. Their only expertise is in promoting
feelings of grievance
Socialism makes the individual the slave of the state – capitalism frees them.
Many readers here will have noticed that what I say about Leftists
sometimes sounds reminiscent of what Leftists say about conservatives.
There is an excellent reason for that. Leftists are great "projectors"
(people who see their own faults in others). So a good first step in
finding out what is true of Leftists is to look at what they say about
conservatives! They even accuse conservatives of projection (of
course).
The research
shows clearly that one's Left/Right stance is strongly genetically
inherited but nobody knows just what specifically is inherited. What
is inherited that makes people Leftist or Rightist? There is any amount
of evidence that personality traits are strongly genetically inherited
so my proposal is that hard-core Leftists are people who tend to let
their emotions (including hatred and envy) run away with them and who
are much more in need of seeing themselves as better than others -- two
attributes that are probably related to one another. Such Leftists may
be an evolutionary leftover from a more primitive past.
Leftists seem to believe that if someone like Al Gore says it, it must
be right. They obviously have a strong need for an authority figure.
The fact that the two most authoritarian regimes of the 20th century
(Nazi Germany and Soviet Russia) were socialist is thus no surprise.
Leftists often accuse conservatives of being "authoritarian" but that is
just part of their usual "projective" strategy -- seeing in others
what is really true of themselves.
"With their infernal racial set-asides, racial quotas, and race norming,
liberals share many of the Klan's premises. The Klan sees the world in
terms of race and ethnicity. So do liberals! Indeed, liberals and white
supremacists are the only people left in America who are neurotically
obsessed with race. Conservatives champion a color-blind society" -- Ann
Coulter
Who said this in 1968? "I am not, and never have been, a man of the
right. My position was on the Left and is now in the centre of
politics". It was Sir Oswald Mosley, founder and leader of the British
Union of Fascists
The term "Fascism" is mostly used by the Left as a brainless term of
abuse. But when they do make a serious attempt to define it, they
produce very complex and elaborate definitions -- e.g. here and here.
In fact, Fascism is simply extreme socialism plus nationalism. But
great gyrations are needed to avoid mentioning the first part of that
recipe, of course.
Politicians are in general only a little above average in intelligence
so the idea that they can make better decisions for us that we can
make ourselves is laughable
A quote from the late Dr. Adrian Rogers, 1931–2005: "You cannot
legislate the poor into freedom by legislating the wealthy out of
freedom. What one person receives without working for, another person
must work for without receiving. The government cannot give to anybody
anything that the government does not first take from somebody else.
When half of the people get the idea that they do not have to work
because the other half is going to take care of them, and when the other
half gets the idea that it does no good to work because somebody else
is going to get what they work for, that my dear friend, is about the
end of any nation. You cannot multiply wealth by dividing it."
The Supreme Court of the United States is now and always has been a
judicial abomination. Its guiding principles have always been
political rather than judicial. It is not as political as Stalin's
courts but its respect for the constitution is little better. Some
recent abuses: The "equal treatment" provision of the 14th amendment
was specifically written to outlaw racial discrimination yet the court
has allowed various forms of "affirmative action" for decades -- when
all such policies should have been completely stuck down immediately.
The 2nd. amendment says that the right to bear arms shall not be
infringed yet gun control laws infringe it in every State in the union.
The 1st amendment provides that speech shall be freely exercised yet
the court has upheld various restrictions on the financing and display
of political advertising. The court has found a right to abortion in
the constitution when the word abortion is not even mentioned there.
The court invents rights that do not exist and denies rights that do.
The book, The authoritarian personality, authored by T.W. Adorno
et al. in 1950, has been massively popular among psychologists. It
claims that a set of ideas that were popular in the
"Progressive"-dominated America of the prewar era were "authoritarian".
Leftist regimes always are authoritarian so that claim was not a big
problem. What was quite amazing however is that Adorno et al.
identified such ideas as "conservative". They were in fact simply
popular ideas of the day but ones that had been most heavily promoted by
the Left right up until the then-recent WWII. See here for details of prewar "Progressive" thinking.
The basic aim of all bureaucrats is to maximize their funding and minimize their workload
A lesson in Australian: When an Australian calls someone a "big-noter",
he is saying that the person is a chronic and rather pathetic seeker of
admiration -- as in someone who often pulls out "big notes" (e.g.
$100.00 bills) to pay for things, thus endeavouring to create the
impression that he is rich. The term describes the mentality rather
than the actual behavior with money and it aptly describes many
Leftists. When they purport to show "compassion" by advocating things
that cost themselves nothing (e.g. advocating more taxes on "the rich"
to help "the poor"), an Australian might say that the Leftist is
"big-noting himself". There is an example of the usage here. The term conveys contempt. There is a wise description of Australians generally here
Some ancient wisdom for Leftists: "Be not righteous overmuch; neither make thyself over wise: Why shouldest thou die before thy time?" -- Ecclesiastes 7:16
People who mention differences in black vs. white IQ are these days
almost universally howled down and subjected to the most extreme abuse.
I am a psychometrician, however, so I feel obliged to defend the
scientific truth of the matter: The average African adult has about the
same IQ as an average white 11-year-old and African Americans (who are
partly white in ancestry) average out at a mental age of 14. The
American Psychological Association is generally Left-leaning but it is
the world's most prestigious body of academic psychologists. And even
they have had to concede
that sort of gap (one SD) in black vs. white average IQ. 11-year olds
can do a lot of things but they also have their limits and there are
times when such limits need to be allowed for.
Jesse Jackson:
"There is nothing more painful to me at this stage in my life than to
walk down the street and hear footsteps and start thinking about robbery
-- then look around and see somebody white and feel relieved." There
ARE important racial differences.
Some Jimmy Carter wisdom:
"I think it's inevitable that there will be a lower standard of living
than what everybody had always anticipated," he told advisers in 1979.
"there's going to be a downward turning."
R.I.P. Augusto Pinochet. Pinochet deposed a law-defying Marxist
President at the express and desperate invitation of the Chilean
parliament. He pioneered the free-market reforms which Reagan and
Thatcher later unleashed to world-changing effect. That he used
far-Leftist methods to suppress far-Leftist violence is reasonable if
not ideal. The Leftist view that they should have a monopoly of violence
and that others should follow the law is a total absurdity which shows
only that their hate overcomes their reason
The "steamroller" above who got steamrollered by his own hubris.
Spitzer is a warning of how self-destructive a vast ego can be -- and
also of how destructive of others it can be.
Heritage is what survives death: Very rare and hence very valuable
Big business is not your friend. As Adam Smith said: "People of the
same trade seldom meet together, even for merriment and diversion, but
the conversation ends in a conspiracy against the public, or in some
contrivance to raise prices. It is impossible indeed to prevent such
meetings, by any law which either could be executed, or would be
consistent with liberty or justice. But though the law cannot hinder
people of the same trade from sometimes assembling together, it ought to
do nothing to facilitate such assemblies; much less to render them
necessary
“How can I accept the Communist doctrine, which sets up as its bible,
above and beyond criticism, an obsolete textbook which I know not only
to be scientifically erroneous but without interest or application to
the modern world? How can I adopt a creed which, preferring the mud to
the fish, exalts the boorish proletariat above the bourgeoisie and the
intelligentsia, who with all their faults, are the quality of life and
surely carry the seeds of all human achievement? Even if we need a
religion, how can we find it in the turbid rubbish of the red bookshop?
It is hard for an educated, decent, intelligent son of Western Europe to
find his ideals here, unless he has first suffered some strange and
horrid process of conversion which has changed all his values.” ― John
Maynard Keynes
Some wisdom from "Bron" Waugh: "The purpose of politics is to help
them [politicians] overcome these feelings of inferiority and compensate
for their personal inadequacies in the pursuit of power"
"There are countless horrible things happening all over the country, and
horrible people prospering, but we must never allow them to disturb our
equanimity or deflect us from our sacred duty to sabotage and annoy
them whenever possible"
The urge to pass new laws must be seen as an illness, not much different
from the urge to bite old women. Anyone suspected of suffering from it
should either be treated with the appropriate pills or, if it is too
late for that, elected to Parliament [or Congress, as the case may be]
and paid a huge salary with endless holidays, to do nothing whatever"
"It is my settled opinion, after some years as a political
correspondent, that no one is attracted to a political career in the
first place unless he is socially or emotionally crippled"
Two lines below of a famous hymn that would be incomprehensible to
Leftists today ("honor"? "right"? "freedom?" Freedom to agree with
them is the only freedom they believe in)
First to fight for right and freedom,
And to keep our honor clean
It is of course the hymn of the USMC -- still today the relentless warriors that they always were. Freedom needs a soldier
If any of the short observations above about Leftism seem wrong, note
that they do not stand alone. The evidence for them is set out at great
length in my MONOGRAPH on Leftism.
JEWS AND ISRAEL
"And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee:
and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed" -- Genesis 12:3
If I forget you, Jerusalem, may my right hand forget its skill. May my
tongue cling to the roof of my mouth if I do not remember you, if I do
not consider Jerusalem my highest joy -- Psalm 137 (NIV)
My (Gentile) opinion of antisemitism: The Jews are the best we've got so killing them is killing us.
I have always liked the story of Gideon (See Judges chapters 6 to 8) and
it is surely no surprise that in the present age Israel is the Gideon
of nations: Few in numbers but big in power and impact.
If I were not an atheist, I would believe that God had a sense of
humour. He gave his chosen people (the Jews) enormous advantages --
high intelligence and high drive -- but to keep it fair he deprived
them of something hugely important too: Political sense. So Jews to
this day tend very strongly to be Leftist -- even though the chief
source of antisemitism for roughly the last 200 years has been the
political Left!
And the other side of the coin is that Jews tend to despise
conservatives and Christians. Yet American fundamentalist Christians
are the bedrock of the vital American support for Israel, the ultimate
bolthole for all Jews. So Jewish political irrationality seems to be a
rather good example of the saying that "The LORD giveth and the LORD
taketh away". There are many other examples of such perversity (or
"balance"). The sometimes severe side-effects of most pharmaceutical
drugs is an obvious one but there is another ethnic example too, a
rather amusing one. Chinese people are in general smart and patient
people but their rate of traffic accidents in China is about 10 times
higher than what prevails in Western societies. They are brilliant
mathematicians and fearless business entrepreneurs but at the same time
bad drivers!
Conservatives, on the other hand, could be antisemitic on entirely
rational grounds: Namely, the overwhelming Leftism of the Diaspora
Jewish population as a whole. Because they judge the individual,
however, only a tiny minority of conservative-oriented people make such
general judgments. The longer Jews continue on their "stiff-necked"
course, however, the more that is in danger of changing. The children
of Israel have been a stiff necked people since the days of Moses,
however, so they will no doubt continue to vote with their emotions
rather than their reason.
I despair of the ADL. Jews have
enough problems already and yet in the ADL one has a prominent Jewish
organization that does its best to make itself offensive to Christians.
Their Leftism is more important to them than the welfare of Jewry --
which is the exact opposite of what they ostensibly stand for! Jewish
cleverness seems to vanish when politics are involved. Fortunately,
Christians are true to their saviour and have loving hearts. Jewish
dissatisfaction with the myopia of the ADL is outlined here. Note that Foxy was too grand to reply to it.
The above is good testimony to the accuracy of the basic conservative
insight that almost anything in human life is too complex to be reduced
to any simple rule and too complex to be reduced to any rule at all
without allowance for important exceptions to the rule concerned
"Why should the German be interested in the liberation of the Jew,
if the Jew is not interested in the liberation of the German?... We
recognize in Judaism, therefore, a general anti-social element of the
present time... In the final analysis, the emancipation of the Jews is
the emancipation of mankind from Judaism.... Indeed, in North America,
the practical domination of Judaism over the Christian world has
achieved as its unambiguous and normal expression that the preaching of
the Gospel itself and the Christian ministry have become articles of
trade... Money is the jealous god of Israel, in face of which no other
god may exist". Who said that? Hitler? No. It was Karl Marx. See also here and here and here.
For roughly two centuries now, antisemitism has, throughout the
Western world, been principally associated with Leftism (including the
socialist Hitler) -- as it is to this day. See here.
Leftists call their hatred of Israel "Anti-Zionism" but Zionists are only a small minority in Israel
Some of the Leftist hatred of Israel is motivated by old-fashioned
antisemitism (beliefs in Jewish "control" etc.) but most of it is just
the regular Leftist hatred of success in others. And because the
societies they inhabit do not give them the vast amount of recognition
that their large but weak egos need, some of the most virulent haters
of Israel and America live in those countries. So the hatred is the
product of pathologically high self-esteem.
Their threatened egos sometimes drive Leftists into quite desperate
flights from reality. For instance, they often call Israel an
"Apartheid state" -- when it is in fact the Arab states that practice
Apartheid -- witness the severe restrictions on Christians in Saudi
Arabia. There are no such restrictions in Israel.
If the Palestinians put down their weapons, there'd be peace. If the Israelis put down their weapons, there'd be genocide.
Many people hunger and thirst after righteousness. Some find it in the
hatreds of the Left. Others find it in the love of Christ. I don't
hunger and thirst after righteousness at all. I hunger and thirst after
truth. How old-fashioned can you get?
The kneejerk response of the Green/Left to people who challenge them is
to say that the challenger is in the pay of "Big Oil", "Big Business",
"Big Pharma", "Exxon-Mobil", "The Pioneer Fund" or some other entity
that they see, in their childish way, as a boogeyman. So I think it
might be useful for me to point out that I have NEVER received one cent
from anybody by way of support for what I write. As a retired person, I
live entirely on my own investments. I do not work for anybody and I
am not beholden to anybody. And I have NO investments in oil companies,
mining companies or "Big Pharma"
UPDATE: Despite my (statistical) aversion to mining stocks, I have
recently bought a few shares in BHP -- the world's biggest miner, I
gather. I run the grave risk of becoming a speaker of famous last words
for saying this but I suspect that BHP is now so big as to be largely
immune from the risks that plague most mining companies. I also know of
no issue affecting BHP where my writings would have any relevance. The
Left seem to have a visceral hatred of miners. I have never quite
figured out why.
I imagine that few of my readers will understand it, but I am an
unabashed monarchist. And, as someone who was born and bred in a
monarchy and who still lives there (i.e. Australia), that gives me no
conflicts at all. In theory, one's respect for the monarchy does not
depend on who wears the crown but the impeccable behaviour of the
present Queen does of course help perpetuate that respect. Aside from
my huge respect for the Queen, however, my favourite member of the Royal
family is the redheaded Prince Harry. The Royal family is of course a
military family and Prince Harry is a great example of that. As one of
the world's most privileged people, he could well be an idle layabout
but instead he loves his life in the army. When his girlfriend Chelsy
ditched him because he was so often away, Prince Harry said: "I love
Chelsy but the army comes first". A perfect military man! I doubt that
many women would understand or approve of his attitude but perhaps my
own small army background powers my approval of that attitude.
I imagine that most Americans might find this rather mad -- but I
believe that a constitutional Monarchy is the best form of government
presently available. Can a libertarian be a Monarchist? I think so
-- and prominent British libertarian Sean Gabb seems to think so too! Long live the Queen! (And note that Australia ranks well above the USA on the Index of Economic freedom. Heh!)
Throughout Europe there is an association between monarchism and
conservatism. It is a little sad that American conservatives do not
have access to that satisfaction. So even though Australia is much more
distant from Europe (geographically) than the USA is, Australia is in
some ways more of an outpost of Europe than America is! Mind you:
Australia is not very atypical of its region. Australia lies just South
of Asia -- and both Japan and Thailand have greatly respected
monarchies. And the demise of the Cambodian monarchy was disastrous for
Cambodia
Throughout the world today, possession of a U.S. or U.K. passport is
greatly valued. I once shared that view. Developments in recent years
have however made me profoundly grateful that I am a 5th generation
Australian. My Australian passport is a door into a much less
oppressive and much less messed-up place than either the USA or Britain
Following the Sotomayor precedent, I would hope that a wise older white
man such as myself with the richness of that experience would more
often than not reach a better conclusion than someone who hasn’t lived
that life.
IQ and ideology: Most academics are Left-leaning. Why? Because very
bright people who have balls go into business, while very bright people
with no balls go into academe. I did both with considerable success,
which makes me a considerable rarity. Although I am a born academic, I
have always been good with money too. My share portfolio even survived
the GFC in good shape. The academics hate it that bright people with
balls make more money than them.
I have no hesitation in saying that the single book which has influenced me most is the New Testament. And my Scripture blog
will show that I know whereof I speak. Some might conclude that I must
therefore be a very confused sort of atheist but I can assure everyone
that I do not feel the least bit confused. The New Testament is a
lighthouse that has illumined the thinking of all sorts of men and women
and I am deeply grateful that it has shone on me.
I am rather pleased to report that I am a lifelong conservative. Out of
intellectual curiosity, I did in my youth join organizations from right
across the political spectrum so I am certainly not closed-minded and
am very familiar with the full spectrum of political thinking.
Nonetheless, I did not have to undergo the lurch from Left to Right that
so many people undergo. At age 13 I used my pocket-money to subscribe
to the "Reader's Digest" -- the main conservative organ available in
small town Australia of the 1950s. I have learnt much since but am
pleased and amused to note that history has since confirmed most of what
I thought at that early age. Conservatism is in touch with reality.
Leftism is not.
I imagine that the RD are still sending mailouts to my 1950s address
Most teenagers have sporting and movie posters on their bedroom walls. At age 14 I had a map of Taiwan on my wall.
"Remind me never to get this guy mad at me" -- Instapundit
It seems to be a common view that you cannot talk informatively about a
country unless you have been there. I completely reject that view but
it is nonetheless likely that some Leftist dimbulb will at some stage
aver that any comments I make about politics and events in the USA
should not be heeded because I am an Australian who has lived almost all
his life in Australia. I am reluctant to pander to such ignorance in
the era of the "global village" but for the sake of the argument I might
mention that I have visited the USA 3 times -- spending enough time in
Los Angeles and NYC to get to know a fair bit about those places at
least. I did however get outside those places enough to realize that
they are NOT America.
"Intellectual" = Leftist dreamer. I have more publications in the
academic journals than almost all "public intellectuals" but I am never
called an intellectual and nor would I want to be. Call me a scholar or
an academic, however, and I will accept either as a just and earned
appellation
My academic background
My full name is Dr. John Joseph RAY. I am a former university teacher
aged 65 at the time of writing in 2009. I was born of Australian
pioneer stock in 1943 at Innisfail in the State of Queensland in
Australia. I trace my ancestry wholly to the British Isles. After an
early education at Innisfail State Rural School and Cairns State High
School, I taught myself for matriculation. I took my B.A. in Psychology
from the University of Queensland in Brisbane. I then moved to Sydney
(in New South Wales, Australia) and took my M.A. in psychology from the
University of Sydney in 1969 and my Ph.D. from the School of
Behavioural Sciences at Macquarie University in 1974. I first tutored
in psychology at Macquarie University and then taught sociology at the
University of NSW. My doctorate is in psychology but I taught mainly
sociology in my 14 years as a university teacher. In High Schools I
taught economics. I have taught in both traditional and "progressive"
(low discipline) High Schools. Fuller biographical notes here
I completed the work for my Ph.D. at the end of 1970 but the degree was
not awarded until 1974 -- due to some academic nastiness from Seymour
Martin Lipset and Fred Emery. A conservative or libertarian who makes
it through the academic maze has to be at least twice as good as the
average conformist Leftist. Fortunately, I am a born academic.
Despite my great sympathy and respect for Christianity, I am the most
complete atheist you could find. I don't even believe that the word
"God" is meaningful. I am not at all original in that view, of course.
Such views are particularly associated with the noted German
philosopher Rudolf Carnap. Unlike Carnap, however, none of my wives
have committed suicide
Very occasionally in my writings I make reference to the greats of
analytical philosophy such as Carnap and Wittgenstein. As philosophy is
a heavily Leftist discipline however, I have long awaited an attack
from some philosopher accusing me of making coat-trailing references not
backed by any real philosophical erudition. I suppose it is
encouraging that no such attacks have eventuated but I thought that I
should perhaps forestall them anyway -- by pointing out that in my
younger days I did complete three full-year courses in analytical
philosophy (at 3 different universities!) and that I have had papers on
mainstream analytical philosophy topics published in academic journals
As well as being an academic, I am an army man and I am pleased and
proud to say that I have worn my country's uniform. Although my service
in the Australian army was chiefly noted for its un-notability, I DID
join voluntarily in the Vietnam era, I DID reach the rank of Sergeant,
and I DID volunteer for a posting in Vietnam. So I think I may be
forgiven for saying something that most army men think but which most
don't say because they think it is too obvious: The profession of arms
is the noblest profession of all because it is the only profession where
you offer to lay down your life in performing your duties. Our men
fought so that people could say and think what they like but I myself
always treat military men with great respect -- respect which in my
view is simply their due.
Even a stopped clock is right twice a day and there is JUST ONE saying
of Hitler's that I rather like. It may not even be original to him but
it is found in chapter 2 of Mein Kampf (published in 1925):
"Widerstaende sind nicht da, dass man vor ihnen kapituliert, sondern
dass man sie bricht". The equivalent English saying is "Difficulties
exist to be overcome" and that traces back at least to the 1920s -- with
attributions to Montessori and others. Hitler's metaphor is however
one of smashing barriers rather than of politely hopping over them and I
am myself certainly more outspoken than polite. Hitler's colloquial
Southern German is notoriously difficult to translate but I think I can
manage a reasonable translation of that saying: "Resistance is there
not for us to capitulate to but for us to break". I am quite sure that I
don't have anything like that degree of determination in my own life
but it seems to me to be a good attitude in general anyway
I have used many sites to post my writings over the years and many have
gone bad on me for various reasons. So if you click on a link here to
my other writings you may get a "page not found" response if the link
was put up some time before the present. All is not lost, however. All
my writings have been reposted elsewhere. If you do strike a failed
link, just take the filename (the last part of the link) and add it to
the address of any of my current home pages and -- Voila! -- you should
find the article concerned.
COMMENTS: I have gradually added comments facilities to all my blogs.
The comments I get are interesting. They are mostly from Leftists and
most consist either of abuse or mere assertions. Reasoned arguments
backed up by references to supporting evidence are almost unheard of
from Leftists. Needless to say, I just delete such useless comments.
You can email me here
(Hotmail address). In emailing me, you can address me as "John", "Jon",
"Dr. Ray" or "JR" and that will be fine -- but my preference is for
"JR"
There are also two blogspot blogs which record what I think are my main recent articles here and here. Similar content can be more conveniently accessed via my subject-indexed list of short articles here or here (I rarely write long articles these days)
Note: If the link to one of my articles is not working, the
article concerned can generally be viewed by prefixing to the filename
the following:
http://pandora.nla.gov.au/pan/42197/20121106-1520/jonjayray.comuv.com/